1 // This is an open source non-commercial project. Dear PVS-Studio, please check
2 // it. PVS-Studio Static Code Analyzer for C, C++ and C#: http://www.viva64.com
3 
4 // screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
5 //
6 // Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
7 // by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
8 // that changed.
9 //
10 // The grid_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating grid->lines[].
11 //
12 // update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
13 // It is called from the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero.  It may be
14 // called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed.
15 //
16 // The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
17 // - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
18 // - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line)
19 // - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
20 // - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
21 //
22 // Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
23 // action to update the display.  The main loop will check if w_topline is
24 // valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
25 //
26 // Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
27 // check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
28 // call redraw_later(wp, VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
29 // later.
30 //
31 // Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
32 // changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
33 // later.  The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
34 // window that shows the changed buffer.  This assumes text above the change
35 // can remain displayed as it is.  Text after the change may need updating for
36 // scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
37 //
38 // Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
39 // invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
40 // settings), must call redraw_later(wp, NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
41 // redisplayed by update_screen() later.
42 //
43 // Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
44 // must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
45 // buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
46 //
47 // Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call
48 // redraw_later(wp, SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use
49 // scrolling to avoid redrawing everything.  But the length of displayed lines
50 // must not change, use NOT_VALID then.
51 //
52 // Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(wp, NOT_VALID).
53 // TODO(neovim): should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
54 //
55 // Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
56 // redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
57 //
58 // Things that are handled indirectly:
59 // - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
60 //   update_screen() called to redraw.
61 ///
62 
63 #include <assert.h>
64 #include <inttypes.h>
65 #include <stdbool.h>
66 #include <string.h>
67 
68 #include "nvim/api/extmark.h"
69 #include "nvim/api/private/helpers.h"
70 #include "nvim/api/vim.h"
71 #include "nvim/arabic.h"
72 #include "nvim/ascii.h"
73 #include "nvim/buffer.h"
74 #include "nvim/charset.h"
75 #include "nvim/cursor.h"
76 #include "nvim/cursor_shape.h"
77 #include "nvim/decoration.h"
78 #include "nvim/diff.h"
79 #include "nvim/edit.h"
80 #include "nvim/eval.h"
81 #include "nvim/ex_cmds.h"
82 #include "nvim/ex_cmds2.h"
83 #include "nvim/ex_getln.h"
84 #include "nvim/extmark.h"
85 #include "nvim/fileio.h"
86 #include "nvim/fold.h"
87 #include "nvim/garray.h"
88 #include "nvim/getchar.h"
89 #include "nvim/highlight.h"
90 #include "nvim/indent.h"
91 #include "nvim/lib/kvec.h"
92 #include "nvim/log.h"
93 #include "nvim/lua/executor.h"
94 #include "nvim/main.h"
95 #include "nvim/mark.h"
96 #include "nvim/mbyte.h"
97 #include "nvim/memline.h"
98 #include "nvim/memory.h"
99 #include "nvim/menu.h"
100 #include "nvim/message.h"
101 #include "nvim/misc1.h"
102 #include "nvim/move.h"
103 #include "nvim/normal.h"
104 #include "nvim/option.h"
105 #include "nvim/os/time.h"
106 #include "nvim/os_unix.h"
107 #include "nvim/path.h"
108 #include "nvim/plines.h"
109 #include "nvim/popupmnu.h"
110 #include "nvim/quickfix.h"
111 #include "nvim/regexp.h"
112 #include "nvim/screen.h"
113 #include "nvim/search.h"
114 #include "nvim/sign.h"
115 #include "nvim/spell.h"
116 #include "nvim/state.h"
117 #include "nvim/strings.h"
118 #include "nvim/syntax.h"
119 #include "nvim/terminal.h"
120 #include "nvim/ui.h"
121 #include "nvim/ui_compositor.h"
122 #include "nvim/undo.h"
123 #include "nvim/version.h"
124 #include "nvim/vim.h"
125 #include "nvim/window.h"
126 
127 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<'  /* character used when a double-width character
128                              * doesn't fit. */
129 
130 typedef kvec_withinit_t(DecorProvider *, 4) Providers;
131 
132 // temporary buffer for rendering a single screenline, so it can be
133 // compared with previous contents to calculate smallest delta.
134 // Per-cell attributes
135 static size_t linebuf_size = 0;
136 static schar_T *linebuf_char = NULL;
137 static sattr_T *linebuf_attr = NULL;
138 
139 static match_T search_hl;       // used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching
140 
141 StlClickDefinition *tab_page_click_defs = NULL;
142 
143 long tab_page_click_defs_size = 0;
144 
145 // for line_putchar. Contains the state that needs to be remembered from
146 // putting one character to the next.
147 typedef struct {
148   const char *p;
149   int prev_c;  // previous Arabic character
150   int prev_c1;  // first composing char for prev_c
151 } LineState;
152 #define LINE_STATE(p) { p, 0, 0 }
153 
154 /// Whether to call "ui_call_grid_resize" in win_grid_alloc
155 static bool send_grid_resize = false;
156 
157 static bool conceal_cursor_used = false;
158 
159 static bool redraw_popupmenu = false;
160 static bool msg_grid_invalid = false;
161 
162 static bool resizing = false;
163 
164 
165 #ifdef INCLUDE_GENERATED_DECLARATIONS
166 # include "screen.c.generated.h"
167 #endif
168 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0
169 
170 static char *provider_err = NULL;
171 
provider_invoke(NS ns_id,const char * name,LuaRef ref,Array args,bool default_true)172 static bool provider_invoke(NS ns_id, const char *name, LuaRef ref, Array args, bool default_true)
173 {
174   Error err = ERROR_INIT;
175 
176   textlock++;
177   provider_active = true;
178   Object ret = nlua_call_ref(ref, name, args, true, &err);
179   provider_active = false;
180   textlock--;
181 
182   if (!ERROR_SET(&err)
183       && api_object_to_bool(ret, "provider %s retval", default_true, &err)) {
184     return true;
185   }
186 
187   if (ERROR_SET(&err)) {
188     const char *ns_name = describe_ns(ns_id);
189     ELOG("error in provider %s:%s: %s", ns_name, name, err.msg);
190     bool verbose_errs = true;  // TODO(bfredl):
191     if (verbose_errs && provider_err == NULL) {
192       static char errbuf[IOSIZE];
193       snprintf(errbuf, sizeof errbuf, "%s: %s", ns_name, err.msg);
194       provider_err = xstrdup(errbuf);
195     }
196   }
197 
198   api_free_object(ret);
199   return false;
200 }
201 
202 /// Redraw a window later, with update_screen(type).
203 ///
204 /// Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
205 /// e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
redraw_later(win_T * wp,int type)206 void redraw_later(win_T *wp, int type)
207   FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ALL
208 {
209   if (!exiting && wp->w_redr_type < type) {
210     wp->w_redr_type = type;
211     if (type >= NOT_VALID) {
212       wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
213     }
214     if (must_redraw < type) {   // must_redraw is the maximum of all windows
215       must_redraw = type;
216     }
217   }
218 }
219 
220 /*
221  * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
222  */
redraw_all_later(int type)223 void redraw_all_later(int type)
224 {
225   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
226     redraw_later(wp, type);
227   }
228   // This may be needed when switching tabs.
229   if (must_redraw < type) {
230     must_redraw = type;
231   }
232 }
233 
screen_invalidate_highlights(void)234 void screen_invalidate_highlights(void)
235 {
236   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
237     redraw_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
238     wp->w_grid_alloc.valid = false;
239   }
240 }
241 
242 /*
243  * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
244  */
redraw_curbuf_later(int type)245 void redraw_curbuf_later(int type)
246 {
247   redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
248 }
249 
redraw_buf_later(buf_T * buf,int type)250 void redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type)
251 {
252   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
253     if (wp->w_buffer == buf) {
254       redraw_later(wp, type);
255     }
256   }
257 }
258 
redraw_buf_line_later(buf_T * buf,linenr_T line)259 void redraw_buf_line_later(buf_T *buf,  linenr_T line)
260 {
261   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
262     if (wp->w_buffer == buf
263         && line >= wp->w_topline && line < wp->w_botline) {
264       redrawWinline(wp, line);
265     }
266   }
267 }
268 
redraw_buf_range_later(buf_T * buf,linenr_T firstline,linenr_T lastline)269 void redraw_buf_range_later(buf_T *buf,  linenr_T firstline, linenr_T lastline)
270 {
271   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
272     if (wp->w_buffer == buf
273         && lastline >= wp->w_topline && firstline < wp->w_botline) {
274       if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > firstline) {
275         wp->w_redraw_top = firstline;
276       }
277       if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lastline) {
278         wp->w_redraw_bot = lastline;
279       }
280       redraw_later(wp, VALID);
281     }
282   }
283 }
284 
285 /*
286  * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
287  * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
288  * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
289  * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
290  * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
291  * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
292  */
redrawWinline(win_T * wp,linenr_T lnum)293 void redrawWinline(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)
294   FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ALL
295 {
296   if (lnum >= wp->w_topline
297       && lnum < wp->w_botline) {
298     if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) {
299       wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
300     }
301     if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) {
302       wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
303     }
304     redraw_later(wp, VALID);
305   }
306 }
307 
308 /*
309  * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
310  */
update_curbuf(int type)311 void update_curbuf(int type)
312 {
313   redraw_curbuf_later(type);
314   update_screen(type);
315 }
316 
317 /// Redraw the parts of the screen that is marked for redraw.
318 ///
319 /// Most code shouldn't call this directly, rather use redraw_later() and
320 /// and redraw_all_later() to mark parts of the screen as needing a redraw.
321 ///
322 /// @param type set to a NOT_VALID to force redraw of entire screen
update_screen(int type)323 int update_screen(int type)
324 {
325   static bool did_intro = false;
326 
327   // Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid.
328   // A VimResized autocmd can invoke redrawing in the middle of a resize,
329   // which would bypass the checks in screen_resize for popupmenu etc.
330   if (!default_grid.chars || resizing) {
331     return FAIL;
332   }
333 
334   // May have postponed updating diffs.
335   if (need_diff_redraw) {
336     diff_redraw(true);
337   }
338 
339   if (must_redraw) {
340     if (type < must_redraw) {       // use maximal type
341       type = must_redraw;
342     }
343 
344     /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird
345     * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous
346     * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a
347     * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */
348     must_redraw = 0;
349   }
350 
351   // Need to update w_lines[].
352   if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) {
353     type = NOT_VALID;
354   }
355 
356   /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called
357    * recursively. */
358   if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) {
359     must_redraw = type;
360     if (type > INVERTED_ALL) {
361       curwin->w_lines_valid = 0;  // don't use w_lines[].wl_size now
362     }
363     return FAIL;
364   }
365   updating_screen = 1;
366 
367   display_tick++;           // let syntax code know we're in a next round of
368                             // display updating
369 
370   // Tricky: vim code can reset msg_scrolled behind our back, so need
371   // separate bookkeeping for now.
372   if (msg_did_scroll) {
373     msg_did_scroll = false;
374     msg_scrolled_at_flush = 0;
375   }
376 
377   if (type >= CLEAR || !default_grid.valid) {
378     ui_comp_set_screen_valid(false);
379   }
380 
381   // if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
382   if (msg_scrolled || msg_grid_invalid) {
383     clear_cmdline = true;
384     int valid = MAX(Rows - msg_scrollsize(), 0);
385     if (msg_grid.chars) {
386       // non-displayed part of msg_grid is considered invalid.
387       for (int i = 0; i < MIN(msg_scrollsize(), msg_grid.Rows); i++) {
388         grid_clear_line(&msg_grid, msg_grid.line_offset[i],
389                         msg_grid.Columns, false);
390       }
391     }
392     if (msg_use_msgsep()) {
393       msg_grid.throttled = false;
394       // CLEAR is already handled
395       if (type == NOT_VALID && !ui_has(kUIMultigrid) && msg_scrolled) {
396         ui_comp_set_screen_valid(false);
397         for (int i = valid; i < Rows-p_ch; i++) {
398           grid_clear_line(&default_grid, default_grid.line_offset[i],
399                           Columns, false);
400         }
401         FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
402           if (wp->w_floating) {
403             continue;
404           }
405           if (W_ENDROW(wp) > valid) {
406             wp->w_redr_type = MAX(wp->w_redr_type, NOT_VALID);
407           }
408           if (W_ENDROW(wp) + wp->w_status_height > valid) {
409             wp->w_redr_status = true;
410           }
411         }
412       }
413       msg_grid_set_pos(Rows-p_ch, false);
414       msg_grid_invalid = false;
415     } else if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) {  // clearing is faster
416       type = CLEAR;
417     } else if (type != CLEAR) {
418       check_for_delay(false);
419       grid_ins_lines(&default_grid, 0, msg_scrolled, Rows, 0, Columns);
420       FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
421         if (wp->w_floating) {
422           continue;
423         }
424         if (wp->w_winrow < msg_scrolled) {
425           if (W_ENDROW(wp) > msg_scrolled
426               && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
427               && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
428               && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) {
429             wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - wp->w_winrow;
430             wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
431           } else {
432             wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
433             if (W_ENDROW(wp) + wp->w_status_height
434                 <= msg_scrolled) {
435               wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
436             }
437           }
438         }
439       }
440       redraw_cmdline = true;
441       redraw_tabline = true;
442     }
443     msg_scrolled = 0;
444     msg_scrolled_at_flush = 0;
445     need_wait_return = false;
446   }
447 
448   win_ui_flush();
449   msg_ext_check_clear();
450 
451   // reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily)
452   compute_cmdrow();
453 
454   // Check for changed highlighting
455   if (need_highlight_changed) {
456     highlight_changed();
457   }
458 
459   if (type == CLEAR) {          // first clear screen
460     screenclear();              // will reset clear_cmdline
461     cmdline_screen_cleared();   // clear external cmdline state
462     type = NOT_VALID;
463     // must_redraw may be set indirectly, avoid another redraw later
464     must_redraw = 0;
465   } else if (!default_grid.valid) {
466     grid_invalidate(&default_grid);
467     default_grid.valid = true;
468   }
469 
470   // After disabling msgsep the grid might not have been deallocated yet,
471   // hence we also need to check msg_grid.chars
472   if (type == NOT_VALID && (msg_use_grid() || msg_grid.chars)) {
473     grid_fill(&default_grid, Rows-p_ch, Rows, 0, Columns, ' ', ' ', 0);
474   }
475 
476   ui_comp_set_screen_valid(true);
477 
478   Providers providers;
479   kvi_init(providers);
480   for (size_t i = 0; i < kv_size(decor_providers); i++) {
481     DecorProvider *p = &kv_A(decor_providers, i);
482     if (!p->active) {
483       continue;
484     }
485 
486     bool active;
487     if (p->redraw_start != LUA_NOREF) {
488       FIXED_TEMP_ARRAY(args, 2);
489       args.items[0] = INTEGER_OBJ(display_tick);
490       args.items[1] = INTEGER_OBJ(type);
491       active = provider_invoke(p->ns_id, "start", p->redraw_start, args, true);
492     } else {
493       active = true;
494     }
495 
496     if (active) {
497       kvi_push(providers, p);
498     }
499   }
500 
501   // "start" callback could have changed highlights for global elements
502   if (win_check_ns_hl(NULL)) {
503     redraw_cmdline = true;
504     redraw_tabline = true;
505   }
506 
507   if (clear_cmdline) {          // going to clear cmdline (done below)
508     check_for_delay(false);
509   }
510 
511   /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column
512    * changes. */
513   if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
514       && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu)
515                                ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) {
516     curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
517   }
518 
519   /*
520    * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
521    */
522   if (type == INVERTED) {
523     update_curswant();
524   }
525   if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
526       && !((type == VALID
527             && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
528             && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
529             && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
530             && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
531            || (type == INVERTED
532                && VIsual_active
533                && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
534                && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
535                && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
536                && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
537            )) {
538     curwin->w_redr_type = type;
539   }
540 
541   // Redraw the tab pages line if needed.
542   if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) {
543     update_window_hl(curwin, type >= NOT_VALID);
544     FOR_ALL_TABS(tp) {
545       if (tp != curtab) {
546         update_window_hl(tp->tp_curwin, type >= NOT_VALID);
547       }
548     }
549     draw_tabline();
550   }
551 
552   /*
553    * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
554    * buffer.  Each buffer must only be done once.
555    */
556   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
557     update_window_hl(wp, type >= NOT_VALID);
558 
559     buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
560     if (buf->b_mod_set) {
561       if (buf->b_mod_tick_syn < display_tick
562           && syntax_present(wp)) {
563         syn_stack_apply_changes(buf);
564         buf->b_mod_tick_syn = display_tick;
565       }
566 
567       if (buf->b_mod_tick_decor < display_tick) {
568         for (size_t i = 0; i < kv_size(providers); i++) {
569           DecorProvider *p = kv_A(providers, i);
570           if (p && p->redraw_buf != LUA_NOREF) {
571             FIXED_TEMP_ARRAY(args, 1);
572             args.items[0] = BUFFER_OBJ(buf->handle);
573             provider_invoke(p->ns_id, "buf", p->redraw_buf, args, true);
574           }
575         }
576         buf->b_mod_tick_decor = display_tick;
577       }
578     }
579   }
580 
581   /*
582    * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
583    * it.
584    */
585   bool did_one = false;
586   search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
587 
588 
589   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
590     if (wp->w_redr_type == CLEAR && wp->w_floating && wp->w_grid_alloc.chars) {
591       grid_invalidate(&wp->w_grid_alloc);
592       wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
593     }
594 
595     // reallocate grid if needed.
596     win_grid_alloc(wp);
597 
598     if (wp->w_redr_border || wp->w_redr_type >= NOT_VALID) {
599       win_redr_border(wp);
600     }
601 
602     if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) {
603       if (!did_one) {
604         did_one = true;
605         start_search_hl();
606       }
607       win_update(wp, &providers);
608     }
609 
610     // redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement
611     if (wp->w_redr_status) {
612       win_redr_status(wp);
613     }
614   }
615 
616   end_search_hl();
617 
618   // May need to redraw the popup menu.
619   if (pum_drawn() && must_redraw_pum) {
620     pum_redraw();
621   }
622 
623   send_grid_resize = false;
624 
625   /* Reset b_mod_set flags.  Going through all windows is probably faster
626    * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
627   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
628     wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = false;
629   }
630 
631   updating_screen = 0;
632 
633   /* Clear or redraw the command line.  Done last, because scrolling may
634    * mess up the command line. */
635   if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) {
636     showmode();
637   }
638 
639   // May put up an introductory message when not editing a file
640   if (!did_intro) {
641     maybe_intro_message();
642   }
643   did_intro = true;
644 
645   for (size_t i = 0; i < kv_size(providers); i++) {
646     DecorProvider *p = kv_A(providers, i);
647     if (!p->active) {
648       continue;
649     }
650 
651     if (p->redraw_end != LUA_NOREF) {
652       FIXED_TEMP_ARRAY(args, 1);
653       args.items[0] = INTEGER_OBJ(display_tick);
654       provider_invoke(p->ns_id, "end", p->redraw_end, args, true);
655     }
656   }
657   kvi_destroy(providers);
658 
659 
660   // either cmdline is cleared, not drawn or mode is last drawn
661   cmdline_was_last_drawn = false;
662   return OK;
663 }
664 
665 // Return true if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according
666 // to the 'concealcursor' option.
conceal_cursor_line(const win_T * wp)667 bool conceal_cursor_line(const win_T *wp)
668   FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ALL
669 {
670   int c;
671 
672   if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) {
673     return false;
674   }
675   if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) {
676     c = 'v';
677   } else if (State & INSERT) {
678     c = 'i';
679   } else if (State & NORMAL) {
680     c = 'n';
681   } else if (State & CMDLINE) {
682     c = 'c';
683   } else {
684     return false;
685   }
686   return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL;
687 }
688 
689 // Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'.
690 //
691 // When cursor is moved at the same time, both lines will be redrawn regardless.
conceal_check_cursor_line(void)692 void conceal_check_cursor_line(void)
693 {
694   bool should_conceal = conceal_cursor_line(curwin);
695   if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && (conceal_cursor_used != should_conceal)) {
696     redrawWinline(curwin, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
697     // Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode
698     // without concealing.
699     curs_columns(curwin, true);
700   }
701 }
702 
703 /// Whether cursorline is drawn in a special way
704 ///
705 /// If true, both old and new cursorline will need
706 /// to be redrawn when moving cursor within windows.
707 /// TODO(bfredl): VIsual_active shouldn't be needed, but is used to fix a glitch
708 ///               caused by scrolling.
win_cursorline_standout(const win_T * wp)709 bool win_cursorline_standout(const win_T *wp)
710   FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ALL
711 {
712   return wp->w_p_cul
713          || (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && (VIsual_active || !conceal_cursor_line(wp)));
714 }
715 
716 /*
717  * Update a single window.
718  *
719  * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
720  * screen or scrolling lines).
721  *
722  * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type.  Each type also
723  * implies the one below it.
724  * NOT_VALID    redraw the whole window
725  * SOME_VALID   redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible
726  * REDRAW_TOP   redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
727  * INVERTED     redraw the changed part of the Visual area
728  * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area
729  * VALID        1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
730  *              2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
731  *              3. redraw changed text:
732  *                 - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
733  *                   b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
734  *                 - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
735  *                   wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
736  *                 - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
737  *              4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
738  * This results in three areas that may need updating:
739  * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
740  * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
741  * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
742  */
win_update(win_T * wp,Providers * providers)743 static void win_update(win_T *wp, Providers *providers)
744 {
745   buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
746   int type;
747   int top_end = 0;              /* Below last row of the top area that needs
748                                    updating.  0 when no top area updating. */
749   int mid_start = 999;          /* first row of the mid area that needs
750                                    updating.  999 when no mid area updating. */
751   int mid_end = 0;              /* Below last row of the mid area that needs
752                                    updating.  0 when no mid area updating. */
753   int bot_start = 999;          /* first row of the bot area that needs
754                                    updating.  999 when no bot area updating */
755   bool scrolled_down = false;   // true when scrolled down when w_topline got smaller a bit
756   bool top_to_mod = false;      // redraw above mod_top
757 
758   int row;                      // current window row to display
759   linenr_T lnum;                // current buffer lnum to display
760   int idx;                      // current index in w_lines[]
761   int srow;                     // starting row of the current line
762 
763   bool eof = false;             // if true, we hit the end of the file
764   bool didline = false;         // if true, we finished the last line
765   int i;
766   long j;
767   static bool recursive = false;  // being called recursively
768   const linenr_T old_botline = wp->w_botline;
769   // Remember what happened to the previous line.
770 #define DID_NONE 1      // didn't update a line
771 #define DID_LINE 2      // updated a normal line
772 #define DID_FOLD 3      // updated a folded line
773   int did_update = DID_NONE;
774   linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0;              // last parsed text line
775   linenr_T mod_top = 0;
776   linenr_T mod_bot = 0;
777   int save_got_int;
778 
779 
780   // If we can compute a change in the automatic sizing of the sign column
781   // under 'signcolumn=auto:X' and signs currently placed in the buffer, better
782   // figuring it out here so we can redraw the entire screen for it.
783   buf_signcols(buf);
784 
785   type = wp->w_redr_type;
786 
787   if (type >= NOT_VALID) {
788     wp->w_redr_status = true;
789     wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
790   }
791 
792   // Window is zero-height: nothing to draw.
793   if (wp->w_grid.Rows == 0) {
794     wp->w_redr_type = 0;
795     return;
796   }
797 
798   // Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator.
799   if (wp->w_grid.Columns == 0) {
800     // draw the vertical separator right of this window
801     draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
802     wp->w_redr_type = 0;
803     return;
804   }
805 
806   init_search_hl(wp);
807 
808   /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column
809    * changes. */
810   i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0;
811   if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) {
812     type = NOT_VALID;
813     wp->w_nrwidth = i;
814 
815     if (buf->terminal) {
816       terminal_check_size(buf->terminal);
817     }
818   } else if (buf->b_mod_set
819              && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0
820              && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) {
821     // When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
822     // redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
823     // everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
824     type = NOT_VALID;
825   } else {
826     /*
827      * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
828      * changes.  Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
829      */
830     mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
831     if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) {
832       mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
833     } else {
834       mod_bot = 0;
835     }
836     if (buf->b_mod_set) {
837       if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) {
838         mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
839         /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
840          * in a pattern match. */
841         if (syntax_present(wp)) {
842           mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
843           if (mod_top < 1) {
844             mod_top = 1;
845           }
846         }
847       }
848       if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) {
849         mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
850       }
851 
852       // When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
853       // change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
854       // previous line invalid.  Simple solution: redraw all visible
855       // lines above the change.
856       // Same for a match pattern.
857       if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
858           && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) {
859         top_to_mod = true;
860       } else {
861         const matchitem_T *cur = wp->w_match_head;
862         while (cur != NULL) {
863           if (cur->match.regprog != NULL
864               && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) {
865             top_to_mod = true;
866             break;
867           }
868           cur = cur->next;
869         }
870       }
871     }
872     if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) {
873       linenr_T lnumt, lnumb;
874 
875       /*
876        * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
877        * unfolded.  Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
878        * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
879        * line of that fold.  If the line is folded now, get the first
880        * folded line.  Use the minimum of these two.
881        */
882 
883       /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top.  Set lnumt to
884        * the line below it.  If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
885        * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot.  Set lnumb
886        * to this line.  If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
887       lnumt = wp->w_topline;
888       lnumb = MAXLNUM;
889       for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) {
890         if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) {
891           if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) {
892             lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
893           }
894           if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) {
895             lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
896             // When there is a fold column it might need updating
897             // in the next line ("J" just above an open fold).
898             if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) {
899               lnumb++;
900             }
901           }
902         }
903       }
904 
905       (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, true, NULL);
906       if (mod_top > lnumt) {
907         mod_top = lnumt;
908       }
909 
910       // Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot).
911       mod_bot--;
912       (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, true, NULL);
913       mod_bot++;
914       if (mod_bot < lnumb) {
915         mod_bot = lnumb;
916       }
917     }
918 
919     /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
920      * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
921      * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
922      * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
923     if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) {
924       if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) {
925         mod_top = wp->w_topline;
926       } else if (syntax_present(wp)) {
927         top_end = 1;
928       }
929     }
930 
931     /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
932      * inserted/deleted lines. */
933     if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) {
934       mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
935     }
936   }
937   wp->w_redraw_top = 0;  // reset for next time
938   wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
939 
940   /*
941    * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end.  Used when
942    * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
943    */
944   if (type == REDRAW_TOP) {
945     j = 0;
946     for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) {
947       j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
948       if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) {
949         top_end = j;
950         break;
951       }
952     }
953     if (top_end == 0) {
954       // not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything
955       type = NOT_VALID;
956     } else {
957       // top area defined, the rest is VALID
958       type = VALID;
959     }
960   }
961 
962   /*
963    * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
964    * handle three cases:
965    * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
966    * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
967    * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
968    *    w_lines[] that needs updating.
969    */
970   if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID
971        || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
972       && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill) {
973     if (mod_top != 0
974         && wp->w_topline == mod_top
975         && (!wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
976             || wp->w_topline <= wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)) {
977       // w_topline is the first changed line and window is not scrolled,
978       // the scrolling from changed lines will be done further down.
979     } else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
980                && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
981                    || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
982                        && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
983                    )) {
984       /*
985        * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
986        */
987       if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) {
988         linenr_T ln;
989 
990         /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
991          * of folded lines as one */
992         j = 0;
993         for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ln++) {
994           j++;
995           if (j >= wp->w_grid.Rows - 2) {
996             break;
997           }
998           (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, true, NULL);
999         }
1000       } else {
1001         j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1002       }
1003       if (j < wp->w_grid.Rows - 2) {               // not too far off
1004         i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1005         // insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines
1006         if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) {
1007           i += win_get_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) - wp->w_old_topfill;
1008         }
1009         if (i != 0 && i < wp->w_grid.Rows - 2) {  // less than a screen off
1010           // Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1011           // If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1012           // win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1013           win_scroll_lines(wp, 0, i);
1014           if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) {
1015             // Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1016             // first one that scrolled down.
1017             top_end = i;
1018             scrolled_down = true;
1019 
1020             // Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1021             // the entries for the lines to be redrawn.
1022             if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_grid.Rows) {
1023               wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_grid.Rows;
1024             }
1025             for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) {
1026               wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1027             }
1028             while (idx >= 0) {
1029               wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = false;
1030             }
1031           }
1032         } else {
1033           mid_start = 0;  // redraw all lines
1034         }
1035       } else {
1036         mid_start = 0;  // redraw all lines
1037       }
1038     } else {
1039       /*
1040        * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1041        * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1042        * needs updating.
1043        */
1044 
1045       // try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum
1046       j = -1;
1047       row = 0;
1048       for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) {
1049         if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1050             && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) {
1051           j = i;
1052           break;
1053         }
1054         row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1055       }
1056       if (j == -1) {
1057         /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1058          * lines */
1059         mid_start = 0;
1060       } else {
1061         /*
1062          * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1063          * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1064          */
1065         /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1066          * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1067         if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) {
1068           row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1069         } else {
1070           row += win_get_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1071         }
1072         // ... but don't delete new filler lines.
1073         row -= wp->w_topfill;
1074         if (row > 0) {
1075           win_scroll_lines(wp, 0, -row);
1076           bot_start = wp->w_grid.Rows - row;
1077         }
1078         if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) {
1079           /*
1080            * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1081            * valid and don't need redrawing.    Copy their info
1082            * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines.  Set
1083            * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1084            */
1085           bot_start = 0;
1086           idx = 0;
1087           for (;;) {
1088             wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1089             /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1090              * valid (no lines deleted) */
1091             if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1092                 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_grid.Rows) {
1093               wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1094               break;
1095             }
1096             bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1097 
1098             // stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size
1099             if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) {
1100               wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1101               break;
1102             }
1103           }
1104 
1105           // Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1106           // when it won't get updated below.
1107           if (win_may_fill(wp) && bot_start > 0) {
1108             wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = (plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, true)
1109                                       + wp->w_topfill);
1110           }
1111         }
1112       }
1113     }
1114 
1115     // When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines.
1116     if (mid_start == 0) {
1117       mid_end = wp->w_grid.Rows;
1118     }
1119   } else {
1120     // Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines.
1121     mid_start = 0;
1122     mid_end = wp->w_grid.Rows;
1123   }
1124 
1125   if (type == SOME_VALID) {
1126     // SOME_VALID: redraw all lines.
1127     mid_start = 0;
1128     mid_end = wp->w_grid.Rows;
1129     type = NOT_VALID;
1130   }
1131 
1132   // check if we are updating or removing the inverted part
1133   if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1134       || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) {
1135     linenr_T from, to;
1136 
1137     if (VIsual_active) {
1138       if (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode || type == INVERTED_ALL) {
1139         // If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1140         // selection.  Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1141         // gained or lost.
1142         if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) {
1143           from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1144           to = VIsual.lnum;
1145         } else {
1146           from = VIsual.lnum;
1147           to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1148         }
1149         // redraw more when the cursor moved as well
1150         if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) {
1151           from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1152         }
1153         if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) {
1154           to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1155         }
1156         if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) {
1157           from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1158         }
1159         if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) {
1160           to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1161         }
1162       } else {
1163         /*
1164          * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1165          * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1166          * position.  Also check if the Visual position changed.
1167          */
1168         if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) {
1169           from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1170           to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1171         } else {
1172           from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1173           to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1174           if (from == 0) {              // Visual mode just started
1175             from = to;
1176           }
1177         }
1178 
1179         if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1180             || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) {
1181           if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1182               && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) {
1183             from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1184           }
1185           if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) {
1186             to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1187           }
1188           if (VIsual.lnum < from) {
1189             from = VIsual.lnum;
1190           }
1191           if (VIsual.lnum > to) {
1192             to = VIsual.lnum;
1193           }
1194         }
1195       }
1196 
1197       /*
1198        * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1199        * update all lines.
1200        * First compute the actual start and end column.
1201        */
1202       if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) {
1203         colnr_T fromc, toc;
1204         int save_ve_flags = ve_flags;
1205 
1206         if (curwin->w_p_lbr) {
1207           ve_flags = VE_ALL;
1208         }
1209 
1210         getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1211         ve_flags = save_ve_flags;
1212         toc++;
1213         // Highlight to the end of the line, unless 'virtualedit' has
1214         // "block".
1215         if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL && !(ve_flags & VE_BLOCK)) {
1216           toc = MAXCOL;
1217         }
1218 
1219         if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1220             || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) {
1221           if (from > VIsual.lnum) {
1222             from = VIsual.lnum;
1223           }
1224           if (to < VIsual.lnum) {
1225             to = VIsual.lnum;
1226           }
1227         }
1228         wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1229         wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1230       }
1231     } else {
1232       // Use the line numbers of the old Visual area.
1233       if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) {
1234         from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1235         to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1236       } else {
1237         from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1238         to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1239       }
1240     }
1241 
1242     /*
1243      * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1244      */
1245     if (from < wp->w_topline) {
1246       from = wp->w_topline;
1247     }
1248 
1249     /*
1250      * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1251      * the lines that are visible in the window.
1252      */
1253     if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) {
1254       if (from >= wp->w_botline) {
1255         from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1256       }
1257       if (to >= wp->w_botline) {
1258         to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1259       }
1260     }
1261 
1262     /*
1263      * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1264      * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1265      * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1266      * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1267      * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1268      * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1269      * mid_end (in srow).
1270      */
1271     if (mid_start > 0) {
1272       lnum = wp->w_topline;
1273       idx = 0;
1274       srow = 0;
1275       if (scrolled_down) {
1276         mid_start = top_end;
1277       } else {
1278         mid_start = 0;
1279       }
1280       while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) {          // find start
1281         if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) {
1282           mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1283         } else if (!scrolled_down) {
1284           srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1285         }
1286         ++idx;
1287         if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) {
1288           lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1289         } else {
1290           ++lnum;
1291         }
1292       }
1293       srow += mid_start;
1294       mid_end = wp->w_grid.Rows;
1295       for (; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; idx++) {                  // find end
1296         if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1297             && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) {
1298           // Only update until first row of this line
1299           mid_end = srow;
1300           break;
1301         }
1302         srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1303       }
1304     }
1305   }
1306 
1307   if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) {
1308     wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1309     wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1310     wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1311     wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1312     wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1313   } else {
1314     wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1315     wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1316     wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1317     wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1318   }
1319 
1320   // reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work
1321   save_got_int = got_int;
1322   got_int = 0;
1323   // Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'.
1324   proftime_T syntax_tm = profile_setlimit(p_rdt);
1325   syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm);
1326 
1327   /*
1328    * Update all the window rows.
1329    */
1330   idx = 0;              // first entry in w_lines[].wl_size
1331   row = 0;
1332   srow = 0;
1333   lnum = wp->w_topline;  // first line shown in window
1334 
1335   decor_redraw_reset(buf, &decor_state);
1336 
1337   Providers line_providers;
1338   kvi_init(line_providers);
1339 
1340   linenr_T knownmax = ((wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1341                        ? wp->w_botline
1342                        : (wp->w_topline + wp->w_height_inner));
1343 
1344   for (size_t k = 0; k < kv_size(*providers); k++) {
1345     DecorProvider *p = kv_A(*providers, k);
1346     if (p && p->redraw_win != LUA_NOREF) {
1347       FIXED_TEMP_ARRAY(args, 4);
1348       args.items[0] = WINDOW_OBJ(wp->handle);
1349       args.items[1] = BUFFER_OBJ(buf->handle);
1350       // TODO(bfredl): we are not using this, but should be first drawn line?
1351       args.items[2] = INTEGER_OBJ(wp->w_topline-1);
1352       args.items[3] = INTEGER_OBJ(knownmax);
1353       if (provider_invoke(p->ns_id, "win", p->redraw_win, args, true)) {
1354         kvi_push(line_providers, p);
1355       }
1356     }
1357   }
1358 
1359   win_check_ns_hl(wp);
1360 
1361 
1362   for (;;) {
1363     /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1364      * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1365     if (row == wp->w_grid.Rows) {
1366       didline = true;
1367       break;
1368     }
1369 
1370     // stop updating when hit the end of the file
1371     if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
1372       eof = true;
1373       break;
1374     }
1375 
1376     /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1377      * with.  It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1378     srow = row;
1379 
1380     // Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1381     // has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1382     // "bot_start" may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1383     // win_scroll_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1384     // When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1385     // already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1386     // the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1387     if (row < top_end
1388         || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1389         || top_to_mod
1390         || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1391         || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1392         || (mod_top != 0
1393             && (lnum == mod_top
1394                 || (lnum >= mod_top
1395                     && (lnum < mod_bot
1396                         || did_update == DID_FOLD
1397                         || (did_update == DID_LINE
1398                             && syntax_present(wp)
1399                             && ((foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1400                                  && hasAnyFolding(wp))
1401                                 || syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1402                         // match in fixed position might need redraw
1403                         // if lines were inserted or deleted
1404                         || (wp->w_match_head != NULL
1405                             && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0)))))
1406         || (wp->w_p_cul && (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
1407                             || lnum == wp->w_last_cursorline))) {
1408       if (lnum == mod_top) {
1409         top_to_mod = false;
1410       }
1411 
1412       /*
1413        * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1414        * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1415        * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1416        * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$".
1417        * Don't scroll when redrawing the top, scrolled already above.
1418        */
1419       if (lnum == mod_top
1420           && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1421           && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)
1422           && row >= top_end) {
1423         int old_rows = 0;
1424         int new_rows = 0;
1425         int xtra_rows;
1426         linenr_T l;
1427 
1428         /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1429          * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1430          * currently displayed. */
1431         for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) {
1432           /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum.  Invalid
1433            * lines are part of the changed area. */
1434           if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1435               && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) {
1436             break;
1437           }
1438           old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1439           if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1440               && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) {
1441             /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1442              * Add following invalid entries. */
1443             ++i;
1444             while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1445                    && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) {
1446               old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1447             }
1448             break;
1449           }
1450         }
1451 
1452         if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) {
1453           /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1454            * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1455            * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1456           bot_start = 0;
1457         } else {
1458           /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1459            * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1460           j = idx;
1461           for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; l++) {
1462             if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, true, NULL)) {
1463               new_rows++;
1464             } else if (l == wp->w_topline) {
1465               new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, true) + wp->w_topfill;
1466             } else {
1467               new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, true);
1468             }
1469             j++;
1470             if (new_rows > wp->w_grid.Rows - row - 2) {
1471               // it's getting too much, must redraw the rest
1472               new_rows = 9999;
1473               break;
1474             }
1475           }
1476           xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1477           if (xtra_rows < 0) {
1478             /* May scroll text up.  If there is not enough
1479              * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1480              * rest.  If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1481              * below the scrolled text. */
1482             if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_grid.Rows - 2) {
1483               mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1484             } else {
1485               win_scroll_lines(wp, row, xtra_rows);
1486               bot_start = wp->w_grid.Rows + xtra_rows;
1487             }
1488           } else if (xtra_rows > 0) {
1489             /* May scroll text down.  If there is not enough
1490              * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1491              * rest. */
1492             if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_grid.Rows - 2) {
1493               mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1494             } else {
1495               win_scroll_lines(wp, row + old_rows, xtra_rows);
1496               if (top_end > row + old_rows) {
1497                 // Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1498                 // updating down.
1499                 top_end += xtra_rows;
1500               }
1501             }
1502           }
1503 
1504           /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1505            * entries. */
1506           if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) {
1507             if (j < i) {
1508               int x = row + new_rows;
1509 
1510               // move entries in w_lines[] upwards
1511               for (;;) {
1512                 // stop at last valid entry in w_lines[]
1513                 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) {
1514                   wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1515                   break;
1516                 }
1517                 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1518                 // stop at a line that won't fit
1519                 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1520                     > wp->w_grid.Rows) {
1521                   wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1522                   break;
1523                 }
1524                 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1525                 ++i;
1526               }
1527               if (bot_start > x) {
1528                 bot_start = x;
1529               }
1530             } else {       // j > i
1531                            // move entries in w_lines[] downwards
1532               j -= i;
1533               wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1534               if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_grid.Rows) {
1535                 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_grid.Rows;
1536               }
1537               for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; i--) {
1538                 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1539               }
1540 
1541               /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1542                * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1543                * Reset to zero. */
1544               while (i >= idx) {
1545                 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1546                 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1547               }
1548             }
1549           }
1550         }
1551       }
1552 
1553       /*
1554        * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1555        * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1556        * 'wrap' is on).
1557        */
1558       foldinfo_T foldinfo = fold_info(wp, lnum);
1559 
1560       if (foldinfo.fi_lines == 0
1561           && idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1562           && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1563           && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1564           && lnum > wp->w_topline
1565           && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE))
1566           && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_grid.Rows
1567           && win_get_fill(wp, lnum) == 0) {
1568         // This line is not going to fit.  Don't draw anything here,
1569         // will draw "@  " lines below.
1570         row = wp->w_grid.Rows + 1;
1571       } else {
1572         prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1573         // Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines.
1574         if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1575             && syntax_present(wp)) {
1576           syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1577         }
1578 
1579         // Display one line
1580         row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow,
1581                        foldinfo.fi_lines ? srow : wp->w_grid.Rows,
1582                        mod_top == 0, false, foldinfo, &line_providers);
1583 
1584         wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = foldinfo.fi_lines != 0;
1585         wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1586         did_update = DID_LINE;
1587 
1588         if (foldinfo.fi_lines > 0) {
1589           did_update = DID_FOLD;
1590           foldinfo.fi_lines--;
1591           wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + foldinfo.fi_lines;
1592         }
1593 
1594         syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1595       }
1596 
1597       wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1598       wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = true;
1599 
1600       if (row > wp->w_grid.Rows) {         // past end of grid
1601         // we may need the size of that too long line later on
1602         if (dollar_vcol == -1) {
1603           wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, true);
1604         }
1605         idx++;
1606         break;
1607       }
1608       if (dollar_vcol == -1) {
1609         wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1610       }
1611       idx++;
1612       lnum += foldinfo.fi_lines + 1;
1613     } else {
1614       if (wp->w_p_rnu) {
1615         // 'relativenumber' set: The text doesn't need to be drawn, but
1616         // the number column nearly always does.
1617         foldinfo_T info = fold_info(wp, lnum);
1618         (void)win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_grid.Rows, true, true,
1619                        info, &line_providers);
1620       }
1621 
1622       // This line does not need to be drawn, advance to the next one.
1623       row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1624       if (row > wp->w_grid.Rows) {  // past end of screen
1625         break;
1626       }
1627       lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1628       did_update = DID_NONE;
1629     }
1630 
1631     if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
1632       eof = true;
1633       break;
1634     }
1635   }
1636   /*
1637    * End of loop over all window lines.
1638    */
1639 
1640 
1641   if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) {
1642     wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1643   }
1644 
1645   /*
1646    * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1647    */
1648   if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) {
1649     syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1650   }
1651 
1652   /*
1653    * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1654    * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1655    */
1656   wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1657   wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1658   if (!eof && !didline) {
1659     int at_attr = hl_combine_attr(wp->w_hl_attr_normal,
1660                                   win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT));
1661     if (lnum == wp->w_topline) {
1662       /*
1663        * Single line that does not fit!
1664        * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1665        */
1666       wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1667     } else if (win_get_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_grid.Rows - srow) {
1668       // Window ends in filler lines.
1669       wp->w_botline = lnum;
1670       wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_grid.Rows - srow;
1671     } else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) {      // 'display' has "truncate"
1672       int scr_row = wp->w_grid.Rows - 1;
1673 
1674       // Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line.
1675       grid_puts_len(&wp->w_grid, (char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, 0, at_attr);
1676 
1677       grid_fill(&wp->w_grid, scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2, wp->w_grid.Columns,
1678                 '@', ' ', at_attr);
1679       set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1680       wp->w_botline = lnum;
1681     } else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) {      // 'display' has "lastline"
1682       // Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1683       grid_fill(&wp->w_grid, wp->w_grid.Rows - 1, wp->w_grid.Rows,
1684                 wp->w_grid.Columns - 3, wp->w_grid.Columns, '@', '@', at_attr);
1685       set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1686       wp->w_botline = lnum;
1687     } else {
1688       win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', true, srow, wp->w_grid.Rows, HLF_AT);
1689       wp->w_botline = lnum;
1690     }
1691   } else {
1692     if (eof) {  // we hit the end of the file
1693       wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1694       j = win_get_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1695       if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) {
1696         // Display filler text below last line. win_line() will check
1697         // for ml_line_count+1 and only draw filler lines
1698         foldinfo_T info = FOLDINFO_INIT;
1699         row = win_line(wp, wp->w_botline, row, wp->w_grid.Rows,
1700                        false, false, info, &line_providers);
1701       }
1702     } else if (dollar_vcol == -1) {
1703       wp->w_botline = lnum;
1704     }
1705 
1706     // make sure the rest of the screen is blank
1707     // write the 'eob' character to rows that aren't part of the file.
1708     win_draw_end(wp, wp->w_p_fcs_chars.eob, ' ', false, row, wp->w_grid.Rows,
1709                  HLF_EOB);
1710   }
1711 
1712   kvi_destroy(line_providers);
1713 
1714   if (wp->w_redr_type >= REDRAW_TOP) {
1715     draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
1716   }
1717   syn_set_timeout(NULL);
1718 
1719   // Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated.
1720   wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1721   wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1722   wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1723 
1724   if (dollar_vcol == -1) {
1725     /*
1726      * There is a trick with w_botline.  If we invalidate it on each
1727      * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1728      * calls to plines_win() in update_topline() each time.  Therefore the
1729      * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1730      * compute the value of w_topline.  If the value of w_botline was
1731      * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1732      * the visible part of the text).  If it's not, we need to redraw
1733      * again.  Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1734      * doesn't look too bad.  Only do this for the current window (where
1735      * changes are relevant).
1736      */
1737     wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1738     wp->w_viewport_invalid = true;
1739     if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) {
1740       recursive = true;
1741       curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1742       update_topline(curwin);  // may invalidate w_botline again
1743       if (must_redraw != 0) {
1744         // Don't update for changes in buffer again.
1745         i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1746         curbuf->b_mod_set = false;
1747         win_update(curwin, providers);
1748         must_redraw = 0;
1749         curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1750       }
1751       recursive = false;
1752     }
1753   }
1754 
1755 
1756   // restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing
1757   if (!got_int) {
1758     got_int = save_got_int;
1759   }
1760 }  // NOLINT(readability/fn_size)
1761 
1762 /// Returns width of the signcolumn that should be used for the whole window
1763 ///
1764 /// @param wp window we want signcolumn width from
1765 /// @return max width of signcolumn (cell unit)
1766 ///
1767 /// @note Returns a constant for now but hopefully we can improve neovim so that
1768 ///       the returned value width adapts to the maximum number of marks to draw
1769 ///       for the window
1770 /// TODO(teto)
win_signcol_width(win_T * wp)1771 int win_signcol_width(win_T *wp)
1772 {
1773   // 2 is vim default value
1774   return 2;
1775 }
1776 
1777 /// Call grid_fill() with columns adjusted for 'rightleft' if needed.
1778 /// Return the new offset.
win_fill_end(win_T * wp,int c1,int c2,int off,int width,int row,int endrow,int attr)1779 static int win_fill_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int off, int width, int row, int endrow,
1780                         int attr)
1781 {
1782   int nn = off + width;
1783 
1784   if (nn > wp->w_grid.Columns) {
1785     nn = wp->w_grid.Columns;
1786   }
1787 
1788   if (wp->w_p_rl) {
1789     grid_fill(&wp->w_grid, row, endrow, W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, W_ENDCOL(wp) - off,
1790               c1, c2, attr);
1791   } else {
1792     grid_fill(&wp->w_grid, row, endrow, off, nn, c1, c2, attr);
1793   }
1794 
1795   return nn;
1796 }
1797 
1798 /// Clear lines near the end of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1".
1799 /// Use "c2" as filler character.
1800 /// When "draw_margin" is true, then draw the sign/fold/number columns.
win_draw_end(win_T * wp,int c1,int c2,bool draw_margin,int row,int endrow,hlf_T hl)1801 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, bool draw_margin, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)
1802 {
1803   assert(hl >= 0 && hl < HLF_COUNT);
1804   int n = 0;
1805 
1806   if (draw_margin) {
1807     // draw the fold column
1808     int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0);
1809     if (fdc > 0) {
1810       n = win_fill_end(wp, ' ', ' ', n, fdc, row, endrow,
1811                        win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_FC));
1812     }
1813     // draw the sign column
1814     int count = win_signcol_count(wp);
1815     if (count > 0) {
1816       n = win_fill_end(wp, ' ', ' ', n, win_signcol_width(wp) * count, row,
1817                        endrow, win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_SC));
1818     }
1819     // draw the number column
1820     if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL) {
1821       n = win_fill_end(wp, ' ', ' ', n, number_width(wp) + 1, row, endrow,
1822                        win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_N));
1823     }
1824   }
1825 
1826   int attr = hl_combine_attr(wp->w_hl_attr_normal, win_hl_attr(wp, hl));
1827 
1828   if (wp->w_p_rl) {
1829     grid_fill(&wp->w_grid, row, endrow, wp->w_wincol, W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - n,
1830               c2, c2, attr);
1831     grid_fill(&wp->w_grid, row, endrow, W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - n, W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
1832               c1, c2, attr);
1833   } else {
1834     grid_fill(&wp->w_grid, row, endrow, n, wp->w_grid.Columns, c1, c2, attr);
1835   }
1836 
1837   set_empty_rows(wp, row);
1838 }
1839 
1840 
1841 /// Advance **color_cols
1842 ///
1843 /// @return  true when there are columns to draw.
advance_color_col(int vcol,int ** color_cols)1844 static bool advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols)
1845 {
1846   while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) {
1847     ++*color_cols;
1848   }
1849   return **color_cols >= 0;
1850 }
1851 
1852 // Compute the width of the foldcolumn.  Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much
1853 // space is available for window "wp", minus "col".
compute_foldcolumn(win_T * wp,int col)1854 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col)
1855 {
1856   int fdc = win_fdccol_count(wp);
1857   int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw;
1858   int wwidth = wp->w_grid.Columns;
1859 
1860   if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) {
1861     fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw);
1862   }
1863   return fdc;
1864 }
1865 
1866 /// Put a single char from an UTF-8 buffer into a line buffer.
1867 ///
1868 /// Handles composing chars and arabic shaping state.
line_putchar(buf_T * buf,LineState * s,schar_T * dest,int maxcells,bool rl,int vcol)1869 static int line_putchar(buf_T *buf, LineState *s, schar_T *dest, int maxcells, bool rl, int vcol)
1870 {
1871   const char_u *p = (char_u *)s->p;
1872   int cells = utf_ptr2cells(p);
1873   int c_len = utfc_ptr2len(p);
1874   int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO];
1875   if (cells > maxcells) {
1876     return -1;
1877   }
1878   u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc);
1879   if (*p == TAB) {
1880     cells = MIN(tabstop_padding(vcol, buf->b_p_ts, buf->b_p_vts_array), maxcells);
1881     for (int c = 0; c < cells; c++) {
1882       schar_from_ascii(dest[c], ' ');
1883     }
1884     goto done;
1885   } else if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) {
1886     schar_from_ascii(dest[0], *p);
1887     s->prev_c = u8c;
1888   } else {
1889     if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && arabic_char(u8c)) {
1890       // Do Arabic shaping.
1891       int pc, pc1, nc;
1892       int pcc[MAX_MCO];
1893       int firstbyte = *p;
1894 
1895       // The idea of what is the previous and next
1896       // character depends on 'rightleft'.
1897       if (rl) {
1898         pc = s->prev_c;
1899         pc1 = s->prev_c1;
1900         nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
1901         s->prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
1902       } else {
1903         pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc);
1904         nc = s->prev_c;
1905         pc1 = pcc[0];
1906       }
1907       s->prev_c = u8c;
1908 
1909       u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
1910     } else {
1911       s->prev_c = u8c;
1912     }
1913     schar_from_cc(dest[0], u8c, u8cc);
1914   }
1915   if (cells > 1) {
1916     dest[1][0] = 0;
1917   }
1918 done:
1919   s->p += c_len;
1920   return cells;
1921 }
1922 
1923 
1924 /// Fills the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
1925 /// Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0.
1926 ///
1927 /// @param[out] p  Char array to write into
1928 /// @param lnum    Absolute current line number
1929 /// @param closed  Whether it is in 'foldcolumn' mode
1930 ///
1931 /// Assume monocell characters
1932 /// @return number of chars added to \param p
fill_foldcolumn(char_u * p,win_T * wp,foldinfo_T foldinfo,linenr_T lnum)1933 static size_t fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, foldinfo_T foldinfo, linenr_T lnum)
1934 {
1935   int i = 0;
1936   int level;
1937   int first_level;
1938   int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0);    // available cell width
1939   size_t char_counter = 0;
1940   int symbol = 0;
1941   int len = 0;
1942   bool closed = foldinfo.fi_lines > 0;
1943   // Init to all spaces.
1944   memset(p, ' ', MAX_MCO * fdc + 1);
1945 
1946   level = foldinfo.fi_level;
1947 
1948   // If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
1949   // fits and use numbers to indicated the depth.
1950   first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1;
1951   if (first_level < 1) {
1952     first_level = 1;
1953   }
1954 
1955   for (i = 0; i < MIN(fdc, level); i++) {
1956     if (foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
1957         && first_level + i >= foldinfo.fi_low_level) {
1958       symbol = wp->w_p_fcs_chars.foldopen;
1959     } else if (first_level == 1) {
1960       symbol = wp->w_p_fcs_chars.foldsep;
1961     } else if (first_level + i <= 9) {
1962       symbol = '0' + first_level + i;
1963     } else {
1964       symbol = '>';
1965     }
1966 
1967     len = utf_char2bytes(symbol, &p[char_counter]);
1968     char_counter += len;
1969     if (first_level + i >= level) {
1970       i++;
1971       break;
1972     }
1973   }
1974 
1975   if (closed) {
1976     if (symbol != 0) {
1977       // rollback previous write
1978       char_counter -= len;
1979       memset(&p[char_counter], ' ', len);
1980     }
1981     len = utf_char2bytes(wp->w_p_fcs_chars.foldclosed, &p[char_counter]);
1982     char_counter += len;
1983   }
1984 
1985   return MAX(char_counter + (fdc-i), (size_t)fdc);
1986 }
1987 
1988 /// Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
1989 /// wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
1990 ///
1991 /// @param lnum         line to display
1992 /// @param startrow     first row relative to window grid
1993 /// @param endrow       last grid row to be redrawn
1994 /// @param nochange     not updating for changed text
1995 /// @param number_only  only update the number column
1996 /// @param foldinfo     fold info for this line
1997 /// @param[in, out] providers  decoration providers active this line
1998 ///                            items will be disables if they cause errors
1999 ///                            or explicitly return `false`.
2000 ///
2001 /// @return             the number of last row the line occupies.
win_line(win_T * wp,linenr_T lnum,int startrow,int endrow,bool nochange,bool number_only,foldinfo_T foldinfo,Providers * providers)2002 static int win_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, int startrow, int endrow, bool nochange,
2003                     bool number_only, foldinfo_T foldinfo, Providers *providers)
2004 {
2005   int c = 0;                          // init for GCC
2006   long vcol = 0;                      // virtual column (for tabs)
2007   long vcol_sbr = -1;                 // virtual column after showbreak
2008   long vcol_prev = -1;                // "vcol" of previous character
2009   char_u *line;                  // current line
2010   char_u *ptr;                   // current position in "line"
2011   int row;                            // row in the window, excl w_winrow
2012   ScreenGrid *grid = &wp->w_grid;     // grid specific to the window
2013 
2014   char_u extra[57];                   // sign, line number and 'fdc' must
2015                                       // fit in here
2016   int n_extra = 0;                    // number of extra chars
2017   char_u *p_extra = NULL;        // string of extra chars, plus NUL
2018   char_u *p_extra_free = NULL;   // p_extra needs to be freed
2019   int c_extra = NUL;                  // extra chars, all the same
2020   int c_final = NUL;                  // final char, mandatory if set
2021   int extra_attr = 0;                 // attributes when n_extra != 0
2022   static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)"";  // used for p_extra when displaying
2023                                              // curwin->w_p_lcs_chars.eol at
2024                                              // end-of-line
2025   int lcs_eol_one = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.eol;     // 'eol'  until it's been used
2026   int lcs_prec_todo = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.prec;  // 'prec' until it's been used
2027   bool has_fold = foldinfo.fi_level != 0 && foldinfo.fi_lines > 0;
2028 
2029   // saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again)
2030   int saved_n_extra = 0;
2031   char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL;
2032   int saved_c_extra = 0;
2033   int saved_c_final = 0;
2034   int saved_char_attr = 0;
2035 
2036   int n_attr = 0;                       // chars with special attr
2037   int saved_attr2 = 0;                  // char_attr saved for n_attr
2038   int n_attr3 = 0;                      // chars with overruling special attr
2039   int saved_attr3 = 0;                  // char_attr saved for n_attr3
2040 
2041   int n_skip = 0;                       // nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap'
2042 
2043   int fromcol = -10;                    // start of inverting
2044   int tocol = MAXCOL;                   // end of inverting
2045   int fromcol_prev = -2;                // start of inverting after cursor
2046   bool noinvcur = false;                // don't invert the cursor
2047   bool lnum_in_visual_area = false;
2048   pos_T pos;
2049   long v;
2050 
2051   int char_attr = 0;                    // attributes for next character
2052   bool attr_pri = false;                // char_attr has priority
2053   bool area_highlighting = false;       // Visual or incsearch highlighting in this line
2054   int attr = 0;                         // attributes for area highlighting
2055   int area_attr = 0;                    // attributes desired by highlighting
2056   int search_attr = 0;                  // attributes desired by 'hlsearch'
2057   int vcol_save_attr = 0;               // saved attr for 'cursorcolumn'
2058   int syntax_attr = 0;                  // attributes desired by syntax
2059   int has_syntax = FALSE;               // this buffer has syntax highl.
2060   int save_did_emsg;
2061   int eol_hl_off = 0;                   // 1 if highlighted char after EOL
2062   bool draw_color_col = false;          // highlight colorcolumn
2063   int *color_cols = NULL;               // pointer to according columns array
2064   bool has_spell = false;               // this buffer has spell checking
2065 #define SPWORDLEN 150
2066   char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];       // text with start of the next line
2067   int nextlinecol = 0;                  // column where nextline[] starts
2068   int nextline_idx = 0;                 /* index in nextline[] where next line
2069                                            starts */
2070   int spell_attr = 0;                   // attributes desired by spelling
2071   int word_end = 0;                     // last byte with same spell_attr
2072   static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0;     // line number for "checked_col"
2073   static int checked_col = 0;           /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2074                                          * there are no spell errors */
2075   static int cap_col = -1;              // column to check for Cap word
2076   static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0;      // line number where "cap_col"
2077   int cur_checked_col = 0;              // checked column for current line
2078   int extra_check = 0;                  // has syntax or linebreak
2079   int multi_attr = 0;                   // attributes desired by multibyte
2080   int mb_l = 1;                         // multi-byte byte length
2081   int mb_c = 0;                         // decoded multi-byte character
2082   bool mb_utf8 = false;                 // screen char is UTF-8 char
2083   int u8cc[MAX_MCO];                    // composing UTF-8 chars
2084   int filler_lines;                     // nr of filler lines to be drawn
2085   int filler_todo;                      // nr of filler lines still to do + 1
2086   hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0;            // type of diff highlighting
2087   int change_start = MAXCOL;            // first col of changed area
2088   int change_end = -1;                  // last col of changed area
2089   colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL;            // start of trailing spaces
2090   colnr_T leadcol = 0;                  // start of leading spaces
2091   bool in_multispace = false;           // in multiple consecutive spaces
2092   int multispace_pos = 0;               // position in lcs-multispace string
2093   bool need_showbreak = false;          // overlong line, skip first x chars
2094   sign_attrs_T sattrs[SIGN_SHOW_MAX];   // attributes for signs
2095   int num_signs;                        // number of signs for line
2096   int line_attr = 0;                    // attribute for the whole line
2097   int line_attr_save;
2098   int line_attr_lowprio = 0;            // low-priority attribute for the line
2099   int line_attr_lowprio_save;
2100   matchitem_T *cur;                     // points to the match list
2101   match_T *shl;                     // points to search_hl or a match
2102   bool shl_flag;                        // flag to indicate whether search_hl
2103                                         // has been processed or not
2104   bool prevcol_hl_flag;                 // flag to indicate whether prevcol
2105                                         // equals startcol of search_hl or one
2106                                         // of the matches
2107   int prev_c = 0;                       // previous Arabic character
2108   int prev_c1 = 0;                      // first composing char for prev_c
2109 
2110   bool search_attr_from_match = false;  // if search_attr is from :match
2111   bool has_decor = false;               // this buffer has decoration
2112   int win_col_offset = 0;               // offset for window columns
2113 
2114   char_u buf_fold[FOLD_TEXT_LEN + 1];   // Hold value returned by get_foldtext
2115 
2116   bool area_active = false;
2117 
2118   int cul_attr = 0;                     // set when 'cursorline' active
2119   // 'cursorlineopt' has "screenline" and cursor is in this line
2120   bool cul_screenline = false;
2121   // margin columns for the screen line, needed for when 'cursorlineopt'
2122   // contains "screenline"
2123   int left_curline_col = 0;
2124   int right_curline_col = 0;
2125 
2126   // draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence:
2127 #define WL_START        0               // nothing done yet
2128 #define WL_CMDLINE     WL_START + 1    // cmdline window column
2129 #define WL_FOLD        WL_CMDLINE + 1  // 'foldcolumn'
2130 #define WL_SIGN        WL_FOLD + 1     // column for signs
2131 #define WL_NR           WL_SIGN + 1     // line number
2132 #define WL_BRI         WL_NR + 1       // 'breakindent'
2133 #define WL_SBR         WL_BRI + 1       // 'showbreak' or 'diff'
2134 #define WL_LINE         WL_SBR + 1      // text in the line
2135   int draw_state = WL_START;            // what to draw next
2136 
2137   int syntax_flags    = 0;
2138   int syntax_seqnr    = 0;
2139   int prev_syntax_id  = 0;
2140   int conceal_attr    = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_CONCEAL);
2141   bool is_concealing  = false;
2142   int boguscols       = 0;              ///< nonexistent columns added to
2143                                         ///< force wrapping
2144   int vcol_off        = 0;              ///< offset for concealed characters
2145   int did_wcol        = false;
2146   int match_conc      = 0;              ///< cchar for match functions
2147   int old_boguscols = 0;
2148 #define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off)
2149 #define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \
2150   { \
2151     n_extra += vcol_off; \
2152     vcol -= vcol_off; \
2153     vcol_off = 0; \
2154     col -= boguscols; \
2155     old_boguscols = boguscols; \
2156     boguscols = 0; \
2157   }
2158 
2159   if (startrow > endrow) {              // past the end already!
2160     return startrow;
2161   }
2162 
2163   row = startrow;
2164 
2165   buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
2166   bool end_fill = (lnum == buf->b_ml.ml_line_count+1);
2167 
2168   if (!number_only) {
2169     // To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2170     // trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2171     extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2172     if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error && !wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) {
2173       // Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line.  When there is an
2174       // error, stop syntax highlighting.
2175       save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2176       did_emsg = false;
2177       syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2178       if (did_emsg) {
2179         wp->w_s->b_syn_error = true;
2180       } else {
2181         did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2182         if (!wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) {
2183           has_syntax = true;
2184           extra_check = true;
2185         }
2186       }
2187     }
2188 
2189     has_decor = decor_redraw_line(wp->w_buffer, lnum-1,
2190                                   &decor_state);
2191 
2192     for (size_t k = 0; k < kv_size(*providers); k++) {
2193       DecorProvider *p = kv_A(*providers, k);
2194       if (p && p->redraw_line != LUA_NOREF) {
2195         FIXED_TEMP_ARRAY(args, 3);
2196         args.items[0] = WINDOW_OBJ(wp->handle);
2197         args.items[1] = BUFFER_OBJ(buf->handle);
2198         args.items[2] = INTEGER_OBJ(lnum-1);
2199         if (provider_invoke(p->ns_id, "line", p->redraw_line, args, true)) {
2200           has_decor = true;
2201         } else {
2202           // return 'false' or error: skip rest of this window
2203           kv_A(*providers, k) = NULL;
2204         }
2205 
2206         win_check_ns_hl(wp);
2207       }
2208     }
2209 
2210     if (provider_err) {
2211       Decoration err_decor = DECORATION_INIT;
2212       int hl_err = syn_check_group(S_LEN("ErrorMsg"));
2213       kv_push(err_decor.virt_text,
2214               ((VirtTextChunk){ .text = provider_err,
2215                                 .hl_id = hl_err }));
2216       err_decor.virt_text_width = mb_string2cells((char_u *)provider_err);
2217       decor_add_ephemeral(lnum-1, 0, lnum-1, 0, &err_decor);
2218       provider_err = NULL;
2219       has_decor = true;
2220     }
2221 
2222     if (has_decor) {
2223       extra_check = true;
2224     }
2225 
2226     // Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'.
2227     color_cols = wp->w_buffer->terminal ? NULL : wp->w_p_cc_cols;
2228     if (color_cols != NULL) {
2229       draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols);
2230     }
2231 
2232     if (wp->w_p_spell
2233         && !has_fold
2234         && !end_fill
2235         && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL
2236         && !GA_EMPTY(&wp->w_s->b_langp)
2237         && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) {
2238       // Prepare for spell checking.
2239       has_spell = true;
2240       extra_check = true;
2241 
2242       // Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2243       // line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2244       // Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments
2245       nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2246       if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
2247         line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, false);
2248         spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2249       }
2250 
2251       // When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2252       // line is valid.
2253       if (lnum == checked_lnum) {
2254         cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2255       }
2256       checked_lnum = 0;
2257 
2258       // When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2259       // word starting with capital in this line.  In line 1 always check
2260       // the first word.
2261       if (lnum != capcol_lnum) {
2262         cap_col = -1;
2263       }
2264       if (lnum == 1) {
2265         cap_col = 0;
2266       }
2267       capcol_lnum = 0;
2268     }
2269 
2270     // handle Visual active in this window
2271     if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) {
2272       pos_T *top, *bot;
2273 
2274       if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) {
2275         // Visual is after curwin->w_cursor
2276         top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2277         bot = &VIsual;
2278       } else {
2279         // Visual is before curwin->w_cursor
2280         top = &VIsual;
2281         bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2282       }
2283       lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum);
2284       if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) {
2285         // block mode
2286         if (lnum_in_visual_area) {
2287           fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2288           tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2289         }
2290       } else {
2291         // non-block mode
2292         if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) {
2293           fromcol = 0;
2294         } else if (lnum == top->lnum) {
2295           if (VIsual_mode == 'V') {       // linewise
2296             fromcol = 0;
2297           } else {
2298             getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2299             if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) {
2300               tocol = fromcol + 1;
2301             }
2302           }
2303         }
2304         if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) {
2305           if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2306               && bot->coladd == 0) {
2307             fromcol = -10;
2308             tocol = MAXCOL;
2309           } else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) {
2310             tocol = MAXCOL;
2311           } else {
2312             pos = *bot;
2313             if (*p_sel == 'e') {
2314               getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2315             } else {
2316               getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2317               tocol++;
2318             }
2319           }
2320         }
2321       }
2322 
2323       // Check if the char under the cursor should be inverted (highlighted).
2324       if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2325           && cursor_is_block_during_visual(*p_sel == 'e')) {
2326         noinvcur = true;
2327       }
2328 
2329       // if inverting in this line set area_highlighting
2330       if (fromcol >= 0) {
2331         area_highlighting = true;
2332         attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_V);
2333       }
2334       // handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2335     } else if (highlight_match
2336                && wp == curwin
2337                && !has_fold
2338                && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2339                && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) {
2340       if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) {
2341         getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2342                 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2343       } else {
2344         fromcol = 0;
2345       }
2346       if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) {
2347         pos.lnum = lnum;
2348         pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2349         getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2350       }
2351       // do at least one character; happens when past end of line
2352       if (fromcol == tocol && search_match_endcol) {
2353         tocol = fromcol + 1;
2354       }
2355       area_highlighting = true;
2356       attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_I);
2357     }
2358   }
2359 
2360   filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2361   if (filler_lines < 0) {
2362     if (filler_lines == -1) {
2363       if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) {
2364         diff_hlf = HLF_ADD;             // added line
2365       } else if (change_start == 0) {
2366         diff_hlf = HLF_TXD;             // changed text
2367       } else {
2368         diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;             // changed line
2369       }
2370     } else {
2371       diff_hlf = HLF_ADD;               // added line
2372     }
2373     filler_lines = 0;
2374     area_highlighting = true;
2375   }
2376   VirtLines virt_lines = KV_INITIAL_VALUE;
2377   int n_virt_lines = decor_virt_lines(wp, lnum, &virt_lines);
2378   filler_lines += n_virt_lines;
2379   if (lnum == wp->w_topline) {
2380     filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2381     n_virt_lines = MIN(n_virt_lines, filler_lines);
2382   }
2383   filler_todo = filler_lines;
2384 
2385   // Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window.
2386   if (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) {
2387     // Do not show the cursor line in the text when Visual mode is active,
2388     // because it's not clear what is selected then.
2389     if (wp->w_p_cul && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)
2390         && wp->w_p_culopt_flags != CULOPT_NBR) {
2391       cul_screenline = (wp->w_p_wrap
2392                         && (wp->w_p_culopt_flags & CULOPT_SCRLINE));
2393       if (!cul_screenline) {
2394         cul_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_CUL);
2395         HlAttrs ae = syn_attr2entry(cul_attr);
2396         // We make a compromise here (#7383):
2397         //  * low-priority CursorLine if fg is not set
2398         //  * high-priority ("same as Vim" priority) CursorLine if fg is set
2399         if (ae.rgb_fg_color == -1 && ae.cterm_fg_color == 0) {
2400           line_attr_lowprio = cul_attr;
2401         } else {
2402           if (!(State & INSERT) && bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer)
2403               && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) {
2404             line_attr = hl_combine_attr(cul_attr, line_attr);
2405           } else {
2406             line_attr = cul_attr;
2407           }
2408         }
2409       } else {
2410         margin_columns_win(wp, &left_curline_col, &right_curline_col);
2411       }
2412       area_highlighting = true;
2413     }
2414     // Update w_last_cursorline even if Visual mode is active.
2415     wp->w_last_cursorline = wp->w_cursor.lnum;
2416   }
2417 
2418   memset(sattrs, 0, sizeof(sattrs));
2419   num_signs = buf_get_signattrs(wp->w_buffer, lnum, sattrs);
2420 
2421   // If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr.
2422   // TODO(bfredl, vigoux): this should not take priority over decoration!
2423   sign_attrs_T *sattr = sign_get_attr(SIGN_LINEHL, sattrs, 0, 1);
2424   if (sattr != NULL) {
2425     line_attr = sattr->sat_linehl;
2426   }
2427 
2428   // Highlight the current line in the quickfix window.
2429   if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) {
2430     line_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_QFL);
2431   }
2432 
2433   if (line_attr_lowprio || line_attr) {
2434     area_highlighting = true;
2435   }
2436 
2437   if (cul_screenline) {
2438     line_attr_save = line_attr;
2439     line_attr_lowprio_save = line_attr_lowprio;
2440   }
2441 
2442   line = end_fill ? (char_u *)"" : ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, false);
2443   ptr = line;
2444 
2445   if (has_spell && !number_only) {
2446     // For checking first word with a capital skip white space.
2447     if (cap_col == 0) {
2448       cap_col = (int)getwhitecols(line);
2449     }
2450 
2451     /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2452      * current line into nextline[].  Above the start of the next line was
2453      * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2454     if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) {
2455       // No next line or it is empty.
2456       nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2457       nextline_idx = 0;
2458     } else {
2459       v = (long)STRLEN(line);
2460       if (v < SPWORDLEN) {
2461         /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2462          * next line. */
2463         nextlinecol = 0;
2464         memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2465         STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN);
2466         nextline_idx = v + 1;
2467       } else {
2468         // Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes.
2469         nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2470         memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);  // -V512
2471         nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2472       }
2473     }
2474   }
2475 
2476   if (wp->w_p_list && !has_fold && !end_fill) {
2477     if (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.space
2478         || wp->w_p_lcs_chars.multispace != NULL
2479         || wp->w_p_lcs_chars.trail
2480         || wp->w_p_lcs_chars.lead
2481         || wp->w_p_lcs_chars.nbsp) {
2482       extra_check = true;
2483     }
2484     // find start of trailing whitespace
2485     if (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.trail) {
2486       trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2487       while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && ascii_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) {
2488         trailcol--;
2489       }
2490       trailcol += (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
2491     }
2492     // find end of leading whitespace
2493     if (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.lead) {
2494       leadcol = 0;
2495       while (ascii_iswhite(ptr[leadcol])) {
2496         leadcol++;
2497       }
2498       if (ptr[leadcol] == NUL) {
2499         // in a line full of spaces all of them are treated as trailing
2500         leadcol = (colnr_T)0;
2501       } else {
2502         // keep track of the first column not filled with spaces
2503         leadcol += (colnr_T)(ptr - line) + 1;
2504       }
2505     }
2506   }
2507 
2508   /*
2509    * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
2510    * first character to be displayed.
2511    */
2512   if (wp->w_p_wrap) {
2513     v = wp->w_skipcol;
2514   } else {
2515     v = wp->w_leftcol;
2516   }
2517   if (v > 0 && !number_only) {
2518     char_u *prev_ptr = ptr;
2519     while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) {
2520       c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
2521       vcol += c;
2522       prev_ptr = ptr;
2523       MB_PTR_ADV(ptr);
2524     }
2525 
2526     // When:
2527     // - 'cuc' is set, or
2528     // - 'colorcolumn' is set, or
2529     // - 'virtualedit' is set, or
2530     // - the visual mode is active,
2531     // the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part.
2532     if (vcol < v && (wp->w_p_cuc
2533                      || draw_color_col
2534                      || virtual_active()
2535                      || (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) {
2536       vcol = v;
2537     }
2538 
2539     /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
2540      * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
2541     if (vcol > v) {
2542       vcol -= c;
2543       ptr = prev_ptr;
2544       // If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it.
2545       // Except for a TAB.
2546       if (utf_ptr2cells(ptr) >= c || *ptr == TAB) {
2547         n_skip = v - vcol;
2548       }
2549     }
2550 
2551     /*
2552      * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
2553      * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
2554      */
2555     if (tocol <= vcol) {
2556       fromcol = 0;
2557     } else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) {
2558       fromcol = vcol;
2559     }
2560 
2561     // When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak'
2562     if (wp->w_p_wrap) {
2563       need_showbreak = true;
2564     }
2565     // When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
2566     // word and if it's badly spelled or not.
2567     if (has_spell) {
2568       size_t len;
2569       colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
2570       hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
2571 
2572       pos = wp->w_cursor;
2573       wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
2574       wp->w_cursor.col = linecol;
2575       len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, true, true, &spell_hlf);
2576 
2577       // spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid
2578       line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, false);
2579       ptr = line + linecol;
2580 
2581       if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) {
2582         /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
2583          * word */
2584         spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
2585         word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1);
2586       } else {
2587         // bad word found, use attributes until end of word
2588         assert(len <= INT_MAX);
2589         word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + (int)len + 1;
2590 
2591         // Turn index into actual attributes.
2592         if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) {
2593           spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
2594         }
2595       }
2596       wp->w_cursor = pos;
2597 
2598       // Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line.
2599       if (has_syntax) {
2600         syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2601       }
2602     }
2603   }
2604 
2605   /*
2606    * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
2607    * Avoids having to check this for each character.
2608    */
2609   if (fromcol >= 0) {
2610     if (noinvcur) {
2611       if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) {
2612         /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
2613          * cursor */
2614         fromcol_prev = fromcol;
2615         fromcol = -1;
2616       } else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) {
2617         // restart highlighting after the cursor
2618         fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
2619       }
2620     }
2621     if (fromcol >= tocol) {
2622       fromcol = -1;
2623     }
2624   }
2625 
2626   /*
2627    * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches.
2628    * Do this for both search_hl and the match list.
2629    */
2630   cur = wp->w_match_head;
2631   shl_flag = false;
2632   while ((cur != NULL || !shl_flag) && !number_only
2633          && !has_fold && !end_fill) {
2634     if (!shl_flag) {
2635       shl = &search_hl;
2636       shl_flag = true;
2637     } else {
2638       shl = &cur->hl;  // -V595
2639     }
2640     shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
2641     shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
2642     shl->attr_cur = 0;
2643     shl->is_addpos = false;
2644     v = (ptr - line);
2645     if (cur != NULL) {
2646       cur->pos.cur = 0;
2647     }
2648     next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v,
2649                    shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur);
2650     if (wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) {
2651       has_syntax = false;
2652     }
2653 
2654     // Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
2655     // invalid.
2656     line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, false);
2657     ptr = line + v;
2658 
2659     if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) {
2660       if (shl->lnum == lnum) {
2661         shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
2662       } else {
2663         shl->startcol = 0;
2664       }
2665       if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
2666           - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) {
2667         shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
2668       } else {
2669         shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
2670       }
2671       // Highlight one character for an empty match.
2672       if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) {
2673         if (line[shl->endcol] != NUL) {
2674           shl->endcol += utfc_ptr2len(line + shl->endcol);
2675         } else {
2676           ++shl->endcol;
2677         }
2678       }
2679       if ((long)shl->startcol < v) {   // match at leftcol
2680         shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
2681         search_attr = shl->attr;
2682         search_attr_from_match = shl != &search_hl;
2683       }
2684       area_highlighting = true;
2685     }
2686     if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) {
2687       cur = cur->next;
2688     }
2689   }
2690 
2691   unsigned off = 0;  // Offset relative start of line
2692   int col = 0;  // Visual column on screen.
2693   if (wp->w_p_rl) {
2694     // Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
2695     // it in linebuf_char[off] from right to left.  Start at the
2696     // rightmost column of the window.
2697     col = grid->Columns - 1;
2698     off += col;
2699   }
2700 
2701   // won't highlight after TERM_ATTRS_MAX columns
2702   int term_attrs[TERM_ATTRS_MAX] = { 0 };
2703   if (wp->w_buffer->terminal) {
2704     terminal_get_line_attributes(wp->w_buffer->terminal, wp, lnum, term_attrs);
2705     extra_check = true;
2706   }
2707 
2708   int sign_idx = 0;
2709   // Repeat for the whole displayed line.
2710   for (;;) {
2711     int has_match_conc = 0;  ///< match wants to conceal
2712     bool did_decrement_ptr = false;
2713 
2714     // Skip this quickly when working on the text.
2715     if (draw_state != WL_LINE) {
2716       if (cul_screenline) {
2717         cul_attr = 0;
2718         line_attr = line_attr_save;
2719         line_attr_lowprio = line_attr_lowprio_save;
2720       }
2721 
2722       if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) {
2723         draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
2724         if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) {
2725           // Draw the cmdline character.
2726           n_extra = 1;
2727           c_extra = cmdwin_type;
2728           c_final = NUL;
2729           char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT);
2730         }
2731       }
2732 
2733       if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) {
2734         int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0);
2735 
2736         draw_state = WL_FOLD;
2737         if (fdc > 0) {
2738           // Draw the 'foldcolumn'.  Allocate a buffer, "extra" may
2739           // already be in use.
2740           xfree(p_extra_free);
2741           p_extra_free = xmalloc(MAX_MCO * fdc + 1);
2742           n_extra = (int)fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, foldinfo, lnum);
2743           p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL;
2744           p_extra = p_extra_free;
2745           c_extra = NUL;
2746           c_final = NUL;
2747           char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_FC);
2748         }
2749       }
2750 
2751       // sign column, this is hit until sign_idx reaches count
2752       if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) {
2753         draw_state = WL_SIGN;
2754         /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
2755          * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
2756         int count = win_signcol_count(wp);
2757         if (count > 0) {
2758           get_sign_display_info(false, wp, sattrs, row,
2759                                 startrow, filler_lines, filler_todo, count,
2760                                 &c_extra, &c_final, extra, sizeof(extra),
2761                                 &p_extra, &n_extra,
2762                                 &char_attr, &draw_state, &sign_idx);
2763         }
2764       }
2765 
2766       if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) {
2767         draw_state = WL_NR;
2768         /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the
2769          * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
2770         if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu)
2771             && (row == startrow + filler_lines
2772                 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) {
2773           // If 'signcolumn' is set to 'number' and a sign is present
2774           // in 'lnum', then display the sign instead of the line
2775           // number.
2776           if (*wp->w_p_scl == 'n' && *(wp->w_p_scl + 1) == 'u'
2777               && num_signs > 0) {
2778             int count = win_signcol_count(wp);
2779             get_sign_display_info(true, wp, sattrs, row,
2780                                   startrow, filler_lines, filler_todo, count,
2781                                   &c_extra, &c_final, extra, sizeof(extra),
2782                                   &p_extra, &n_extra,
2783                                   &char_attr, &draw_state, &sign_idx);
2784           } else {
2785             if (row == startrow + filler_lines) {
2786               // Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
2787               long num;
2788               char *fmt = "%*ld ";
2789 
2790               if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) {
2791                 // 'number' + 'norelativenumber'
2792                 num = (long)lnum;
2793               } else {
2794                 // 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers
2795                 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum));
2796                 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) {
2797                   // 'number' + 'relativenumber'
2798                   num = lnum;
2799                   fmt = "%-*ld ";
2800                 }
2801               }
2802 
2803               snprintf((char *)extra, sizeof(extra),
2804                        fmt, number_width(wp), num);
2805               if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) {
2806                 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; p_extra++) {
2807                   *p_extra = '-';
2808                 }
2809               }
2810               if (wp->w_p_rl) {                       // reverse line numbers
2811                 // like rl_mirror(), but keep the space at the end
2812                 char_u *p2 = skipwhite(extra);
2813                 p2 = skiptowhite(p2) - 1;
2814                 for (char_u *p1 = skipwhite(extra); p1 < p2; p1++, p2--) {
2815                   const int t = *p1;
2816                   *p1 = *p2;
2817                   *p2 = t;
2818                 }
2819               }
2820               p_extra = extra;
2821               c_extra = NUL;
2822               c_final = NUL;
2823             } else {
2824               c_extra = ' ';
2825               c_final = NUL;
2826             }
2827             n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
2828             char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_N);
2829 
2830             if (wp->w_p_rnu && lnum < wp->w_cursor.lnum) {
2831               // Use LineNrAbove
2832               char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_LNA);
2833             }
2834             if (wp->w_p_rnu && lnum > wp->w_cursor.lnum) {
2835               // Use LineNrBelow
2836               char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_LNB);
2837             }
2838 
2839             sign_attrs_T *num_sattr = sign_get_attr(SIGN_NUMHL, sattrs, 0, 1);
2840             if (num_sattr != NULL) {
2841               // :sign defined with "numhl" highlight.
2842               char_attr = num_sattr->sat_numhl;
2843             } else if (wp->w_p_cul
2844                        && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
2845                        && (wp->w_p_culopt_flags & CULOPT_NBR)
2846                        && (row == startrow
2847                            || wp->w_p_culopt_flags & CULOPT_LINE)
2848                        && filler_todo == 0) {
2849               // When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of
2850               // the current line differently.
2851               // When 'cursorlineopt' has "screenline" only highlight
2852               // the line number itself.
2853               // TODO(vim): Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr
2854               // when CursorLineNr isn't set?
2855               char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_CLN);
2856             }
2857           }
2858         }
2859       }
2860 
2861       if (draw_state == WL_NR && n_extra == 0) {
2862         win_col_offset = off;
2863       }
2864 
2865       if (wp->w_briopt_sbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1
2866           && n_extra == 0 && *get_showbreak_value(wp) != NUL) {
2867         // draw indent after showbreak value
2868         draw_state = WL_BRI;
2869       } else if (wp->w_briopt_sbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) {
2870         // after the showbreak, draw the breakindent
2871         draw_state = WL_BRI - 1;
2872       }
2873 
2874       // draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly
2875       if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) {
2876         draw_state = WL_BRI;
2877         // if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies
2878         if (wp->w_p_bri && (row != startrow || need_showbreak)
2879             && filler_lines == 0) {
2880           char_attr = 0;
2881 
2882           if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) {
2883             char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, diff_hlf);
2884           }
2885           p_extra = NULL;
2886           c_extra = ' ';
2887           c_final = NUL;
2888           n_extra =
2889             get_breakindent_win(wp, ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, false));
2890           if (row == startrow) {
2891             n_extra -= win_col_off2(wp);
2892             if (n_extra < 0) {
2893               n_extra = 0;
2894             }
2895           }
2896           if (wp->w_skipcol > 0 && wp->w_p_wrap && wp->w_briopt_sbr) {
2897             need_showbreak = false;
2898           }
2899           // Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent',
2900           // required wen 'linebreak' is also set.
2901           if (tocol == vcol) {
2902             tocol += n_extra;
2903           }
2904         }
2905       }
2906 
2907       if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) {
2908         draw_state = WL_SBR;
2909         if (filler_todo > filler_lines - n_virt_lines) {
2910           // TODO(bfredl): check this doesn't inhibit TUI-style
2911           //               clear-to-end-of-line.
2912           c_extra = ' ';
2913           c_final = NUL;
2914           if (wp->w_p_rl) {
2915             n_extra = col + 1;
2916           } else {
2917             n_extra = grid->Columns - col;
2918           }
2919           char_attr = 0;
2920         } else if (filler_todo > 0) {
2921           // draw "deleted" diff line(s)
2922           if (char2cells(wp->w_p_fcs_chars.diff) > 1) {
2923             c_extra = '-';
2924             c_final = NUL;
2925           } else {
2926             c_extra = wp->w_p_fcs_chars.diff;
2927             c_final = NUL;
2928           }
2929           if (wp->w_p_rl) {
2930             n_extra = col + 1;
2931           } else {
2932             n_extra = grid->Columns - col;
2933           }
2934           char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_DED);
2935         }
2936         char_u *const sbr = get_showbreak_value(wp);
2937         if (*sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) {
2938           // Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line.
2939           p_extra = sbr;
2940           c_extra = NUL;
2941           c_final = NUL;
2942           n_extra = (int)STRLEN(sbr);
2943           char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT);
2944           if (wp->w_skipcol == 0 || !wp->w_p_wrap) {
2945             need_showbreak = false;
2946           }
2947           vcol_sbr = vcol + mb_charlen(sbr);
2948           // Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
2949           // required when 'linebreak' is also set.
2950           if (tocol == vcol) {
2951             tocol += n_extra;
2952           }
2953           // Combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline', prioritizing 'showbreak'.
2954           if (cul_attr) {
2955             char_attr = hl_combine_attr(cul_attr, char_attr);
2956           }
2957         }
2958       }
2959 
2960       if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) {
2961         sign_idx = 0;
2962         draw_state = WL_LINE;
2963 
2964         if (has_decor && row == startrow + filler_lines) {
2965           // hide virt_text on text hidden by 'nowrap'
2966           decor_redraw_col(wp->w_buffer, vcol, off, true, &decor_state);
2967         }
2968 
2969         if (saved_n_extra) {
2970           // Continue item from end of wrapped line.
2971           n_extra = saved_n_extra;
2972           c_extra = saved_c_extra;
2973           c_final = saved_c_final;
2974           p_extra = saved_p_extra;
2975           char_attr = saved_char_attr;
2976         } else {
2977           char_attr = 0;
2978         }
2979       }
2980     }
2981 
2982     if (cul_screenline && draw_state == WL_LINE
2983         && vcol >= left_curline_col
2984         && vcol < right_curline_col) {
2985       cul_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_CUL);
2986       HlAttrs ae = syn_attr2entry(cul_attr);
2987       if (ae.rgb_fg_color == -1 && ae.cterm_fg_color == 0) {
2988         line_attr_lowprio = cul_attr;
2989       } else {
2990         if (!(State & INSERT) && bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer)
2991             && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) {
2992           line_attr = hl_combine_attr(cul_attr, line_attr);
2993         } else {
2994           line_attr = cul_attr;
2995         }
2996       }
2997     }
2998 
2999     // When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor
3000     if (((dollar_vcol >= 0
3001           && wp == curwin
3002           && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
3003           && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol)
3004          || (number_only && draw_state > WL_NR))
3005         && filler_todo <= 0) {
3006       draw_virt_text(buf, win_col_offset, &col, grid->Columns);
3007       grid_put_linebuf(grid, row, 0, col, -grid->Columns, wp->w_p_rl, wp,
3008                        wp->w_hl_attr_normal, false);
3009       // Pretend we have finished updating the window.  Except when
3010       // 'cursorcolumn' is set.
3011       if (wp->w_p_cuc) {
3012         row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height;
3013       } else {
3014         row = grid->Rows;
3015       }
3016       break;
3017     }
3018 
3019     if (draw_state == WL_LINE
3020         && has_fold
3021         && vcol == 0
3022         && n_extra == 0
3023         && row == startrow) {
3024       char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_FL);
3025 
3026       linenr_T lnume = lnum + foldinfo.fi_lines - 1;
3027       memset(buf_fold, ' ', FOLD_TEXT_LEN);
3028       p_extra = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf_fold);
3029       n_extra = STRLEN(p_extra);
3030 
3031       if (p_extra != buf_fold) {
3032         xfree(p_extra_free);
3033         p_extra_free = p_extra;
3034       }
3035       c_extra = NUL;
3036       c_final = NUL;
3037       p_extra[n_extra] = NUL;
3038     }
3039 
3040     if (draw_state == WL_LINE
3041         && has_fold
3042         && col < grid->Columns
3043         && n_extra == 0
3044         && row == startrow) {
3045       // fill rest of line with 'fold'
3046       c_extra = wp->w_p_fcs_chars.fold;
3047       c_final = NUL;
3048 
3049       n_extra = wp->w_p_rl ? (col + 1) : (grid->Columns - col);
3050     }
3051 
3052     if (draw_state == WL_LINE
3053         && has_fold
3054         && col >= grid->Columns
3055         && n_extra != 0
3056         && row == startrow) {
3057       // Truncate the folding.
3058       n_extra = 0;
3059     }
3060 
3061     if (draw_state == WL_LINE && (area_highlighting || has_spell)) {
3062       // handle Visual or match highlighting in this line
3063       if (vcol == fromcol
3064           || (vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3065               && utf_ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
3066           || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3067               && vcol_prev < vcol               // not at margin
3068               && vcol < tocol)) {
3069         area_attr = attr;                       // start highlighting
3070         if (area_highlighting) {
3071           area_active = true;
3072         }
3073       } else if (area_attr != 0 && (vcol == tocol
3074                                     || (noinvcur
3075                                         && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) {
3076         area_attr = 0;                          // stop highlighting
3077         area_active = false;
3078       }
3079 
3080       if (!n_extra) {
3081         /*
3082          * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3083          * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3084          * When another match, have to check for start again.
3085          * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3086          * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by
3087          * priority).
3088          */
3089         v = (ptr - line);
3090         cur = wp->w_match_head;
3091         shl_flag = false;
3092         while (cur != NULL || !shl_flag) {
3093           if (!shl_flag
3094               && (cur == NULL || cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)) {
3095             shl = &search_hl;
3096             shl_flag = true;
3097           } else {
3098             shl = &cur->hl;
3099           }
3100           if (cur != NULL) {
3101             cur->pos.cur = 0;
3102           }
3103           bool pos_inprogress = true;  // mark that a position match search is
3104                                        // in progress
3105           while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
3106                  || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) {
3107             if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3108                 && v >= (long)shl->startcol
3109                 && v < (long)shl->endcol) {
3110               int tmp_col = v + utfc_ptr2len(ptr);
3111 
3112               if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) {
3113                 shl->endcol = tmp_col;
3114               }
3115               shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3116               // Match with the "Conceal" group results in hiding
3117               // the match.
3118               if (cur != NULL
3119                   && shl != &search_hl
3120                   && syn_name2id("Conceal") == cur->hlg_id) {
3121                 has_match_conc = v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1;
3122                 match_conc = cur->conceal_char;
3123               } else {
3124                 has_match_conc = 0;
3125               }
3126             } else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) {
3127               shl->attr_cur = 0;
3128 
3129               next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v,
3130                              shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur);
3131               pos_inprogress = !(cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0);
3132 
3133               // Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3134               // may have made it invalid.
3135               line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, false);
3136               ptr = line + v;
3137 
3138               if (shl->lnum == lnum) {
3139                 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3140                 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) {
3141                   shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3142                 } else {
3143                   shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3144                 }
3145 
3146                 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) {
3147                   // highlight empty match, try again after it
3148                   shl->endcol += utfc_ptr2len(line + shl->endcol);
3149                 }
3150 
3151                 // Loop to check if the match starts at the
3152                 // current position
3153                 continue;
3154               }
3155             }
3156             break;
3157           }
3158           if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) {
3159             cur = cur->next;
3160           }
3161         }
3162 
3163         /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
3164          * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
3165         search_attr_from_match = false;
3166         search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3167         cur = wp->w_match_head;
3168         shl_flag = false;
3169         while (cur != NULL || !shl_flag) {
3170           if (!shl_flag
3171               && (cur == NULL || cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)) {
3172             shl = &search_hl;
3173             shl_flag = true;
3174           } else {
3175             shl = &cur->hl;
3176           }
3177           if (shl->attr_cur != 0) {
3178             search_attr = shl->attr_cur;
3179             search_attr_from_match = shl != &search_hl;
3180           }
3181           if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) {
3182             cur = cur->next;
3183           }
3184         }
3185         // Only highlight one character after the last column.
3186         if (*ptr == NUL
3187             && (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one == -1)) {
3188           search_attr = 0;
3189         }
3190 
3191         // Do not allow a conceal over EOL otherwise EOL will be missed
3192         // and bad things happen.
3193         if (*ptr == NUL) {
3194           has_match_conc = 0;
3195         }
3196       }
3197 
3198       if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) {
3199         if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start
3200             && n_extra == 0) {
3201           diff_hlf = HLF_TXD;                   // changed text
3202         }
3203         if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end
3204             && n_extra == 0) {
3205           diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;                   // changed line
3206         }
3207         line_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, diff_hlf);
3208         // Overlay CursorLine onto diff-mode highlight.
3209         if (cul_attr) {
3210           line_attr = 0 != line_attr_lowprio  // Low-priority CursorLine
3211             ? hl_combine_attr(hl_combine_attr(cul_attr, line_attr),
3212                               hl_get_underline())
3213             : hl_combine_attr(line_attr, cul_attr);
3214         }
3215       }
3216 
3217       // Decide which of the highlight attributes to use.
3218       attr_pri = true;
3219 
3220       if (area_attr != 0) {
3221         char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr);
3222       } else if (search_attr != 0) {
3223         char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr);
3224       }
3225       // Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
3226       // (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set).
3227       else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3228                                   || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev
3229                                   || vcol >= tocol)) {
3230         char_attr = line_attr;
3231       } else {
3232         attr_pri = false;
3233         if (has_syntax) {
3234           char_attr = syntax_attr;
3235         } else {
3236           char_attr = 0;
3237         }
3238       }
3239     }
3240 
3241     // Get the next character to put on the screen.
3242     //
3243     // The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to
3244     // represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other
3245     // things.  When all characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3246     // If c_final is set, it will compulsorily be used at the end.
3247     // "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid utfc_ptr2len() reads past
3248     // "p_extra[n_extra]".
3249     // For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3250     if (n_extra > 0) {
3251       if (c_extra != NUL || (n_extra == 1 && c_final != NUL)) {
3252         c = (n_extra == 1 && c_final != NUL) ? c_final : c_extra;
3253         mb_c = c;               // doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte!
3254         if (utf_char2len(c) > 1) {
3255           mb_utf8 = true;
3256           u8cc[0] = 0;
3257           c = 0xc0;
3258         } else {
3259           mb_utf8 = false;
3260         }
3261       } else {
3262         assert(p_extra != NULL);
3263         c = *p_extra;
3264         mb_c = c;
3265         // If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3266         // Decode it into "mb_c".
3267         mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(p_extra);
3268         mb_utf8 = false;
3269         if (mb_l > n_extra) {
3270           mb_l = 1;
3271         } else if (mb_l > 1) {
3272           mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc);
3273           mb_utf8 = true;
3274           c = 0xc0;
3275         }
3276         if (mb_l == 0) {          // at the NUL at end-of-line
3277           mb_l = 1;
3278         }
3279 
3280         // If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the last column.
3281         if ((wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : (col >= grid->Columns - 1))
3282             && utf_char2cells(mb_c) == 2) {
3283           c = '>';
3284           mb_c = c;
3285           mb_l = 1;
3286           (void)mb_l;
3287           multi_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT);
3288 
3289           if (cul_attr) {
3290             multi_attr = 0 != line_attr_lowprio
3291               ? hl_combine_attr(cul_attr, multi_attr)
3292               : hl_combine_attr(multi_attr, cul_attr);
3293           }
3294 
3295           // put the pointer back to output the double-width
3296           // character at the start of the next line.
3297           n_extra++;
3298           p_extra--;
3299         } else {
3300           n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3301           p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3302         }
3303         p_extra++;
3304       }
3305       n_extra--;
3306     } else if (foldinfo.fi_lines > 0) {
3307       // skip writing the buffer line itself
3308       c = NUL;
3309       XFREE_CLEAR(p_extra_free);
3310     } else {
3311       int c0;
3312 
3313       XFREE_CLEAR(p_extra_free);
3314 
3315       // Get a character from the line itself.
3316       c0 = c = *ptr;
3317       mb_c = c;
3318       // If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3319       // into "mb_c".
3320       mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(ptr);
3321       mb_utf8 = false;
3322       if (mb_l > 1) {
3323         mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
3324         // Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3325         // is displayed normally, except a NUL.
3326         if (mb_c < 0x80) {
3327           c0 = c = mb_c;
3328         }
3329         mb_utf8 = true;
3330 
3331         // At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3332         // Draw it as a space with a composing char.
3333         if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) {
3334           int i;
3335 
3336           for (i = MAX_MCO - 1; i > 0; i--) {
3337             u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1];
3338           }
3339           u8cc[0] = mb_c;
3340           mb_c = ' ';
3341         }
3342       }
3343 
3344       if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3345           || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3346           || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)))) {
3347         // Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3348         // Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3349         transchar_hex((char *)extra, mb_c);
3350         if (wp->w_p_rl) {  // reverse
3351           rl_mirror(extra);
3352         }
3353 
3354         p_extra = extra;
3355         c = *p_extra;
3356         mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv((const char_u **)&p_extra);
3357         mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3358         n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3359         c_extra = NUL;
3360         c_final = NUL;
3361         if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) {
3362           n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3363           extra_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_8);
3364           saved_attr2 = char_attr;               // save current attr
3365         }
3366       } else if (mb_l == 0) {        // at the NUL at end-of-line
3367         mb_l = 1;
3368       } else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && arabic_char(mb_c)) {
3369         // Do Arabic shaping.
3370         int pc, pc1, nc;
3371         int pcc[MAX_MCO];
3372 
3373         // The idea of what is the previous and next
3374         // character depends on 'rightleft'.
3375         if (wp->w_p_rl) {
3376           pc = prev_c;
3377           pc1 = prev_c1;
3378           nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3379           prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
3380         } else {
3381           pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc);
3382           nc = prev_c;
3383           pc1 = pcc[0];
3384         }
3385         prev_c = mb_c;
3386 
3387         mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
3388       } else {
3389         prev_c = mb_c;
3390       }
3391       // If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3392       // last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3393       // next line.
3394       if ((wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3395            (col >= grid->Columns - 1))
3396           && utf_char2cells(mb_c) == 2) {
3397         c = '>';
3398         mb_c = c;
3399         mb_utf8 = false;
3400         mb_l = 1;
3401         multi_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT);
3402         // Put pointer back so that the character will be
3403         // displayed at the start of the next line.
3404         ptr--;
3405         did_decrement_ptr = true;
3406       } else if (*ptr != NUL) {
3407         ptr += mb_l - 1;
3408       }
3409 
3410       // If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display a '<' in
3411       // the first column.  Don't do this for unprintable characters.
3412       if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) {
3413         n_extra = 1;
3414         c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR;
3415         c_final = NUL;
3416         c = ' ';
3417         if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) {
3418           n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3419           extra_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT);
3420           saved_attr2 = char_attr;             // save current attr
3421         }
3422         mb_c = c;
3423         mb_utf8 = false;
3424         mb_l = 1;
3425       }
3426       ptr++;
3427 
3428       if (extra_check) {
3429         bool can_spell = true;
3430 
3431         /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3432          * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3433         v = (ptr - line);
3434         if (has_syntax && v > 0) {
3435           /* Get the syntax attribute for the character.  If there
3436            * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3437           save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3438           did_emsg = FALSE;
3439 
3440           syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3441                                         has_spell ? &can_spell : NULL, false);
3442 
3443           if (did_emsg) {
3444             wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3445             has_syntax = FALSE;
3446           } else {
3447             did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3448           }
3449 
3450           // Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3451           // have made it invalid.
3452           line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, false);
3453           ptr = line + v;
3454 
3455           if (!attr_pri) {
3456             if (cul_attr) {
3457               char_attr = 0 != line_attr_lowprio
3458                 ? hl_combine_attr(cul_attr, syntax_attr)
3459                 : hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, cul_attr);
3460             } else {
3461               char_attr = syntax_attr;
3462             }
3463           } else {
3464             char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3465           }
3466           // no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes
3467           // with line highlighting.
3468           if (c == NUL) {
3469             syntax_flags = 0;
3470           } else {
3471             syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr);
3472           }
3473         } else if (!attr_pri) {
3474           char_attr = 0;
3475         }
3476 
3477         /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3478          * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3479          * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3480          * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3481         v = (ptr - line);
3482         if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) {
3483           spell_attr = 0;
3484           if (!attr_pri) {
3485             char_attr = syntax_attr;
3486           }
3487           if (c != 0 && (!has_syntax || can_spell)) {
3488             char_u *prev_ptr;
3489             char_u *p;
3490             int len;
3491             hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3492             prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3493             v -= mb_l - 1;
3494 
3495             /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3496              * next line concatenated. */
3497             if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) {
3498               p = nextline + ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol);
3499             } else {
3500               p = prev_ptr;
3501             }
3502             cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line);
3503             size_t tmplen = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, nochange);
3504             assert(tmplen <= INT_MAX);
3505             len = (int)tmplen;
3506             word_end = v + len;
3507 
3508             /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
3509              * doesn't touch the cursor. */
3510             if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT
3511                 && (State & INSERT) != 0
3512                 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
3513                 && wp->w_cursor.col >=
3514                 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
3515                 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) {
3516               spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3517               spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
3518             }
3519 
3520             if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr
3521                 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) {
3522               /* Remember that the good word continues at the
3523                * start of the next line. */
3524               checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
3525               checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx);
3526             }
3527 
3528             // Turn index into actual attributes.
3529             if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) {
3530               spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3531             }
3532 
3533             if (cap_col > 0) {
3534               if (p != prev_ptr
3535                   && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) {
3536                 /* Remember that the word in the next line
3537                  * must start with a capital. */
3538                 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
3539                 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col
3540                                 - nextline_idx);
3541               } else {
3542                 // Compute the actual column.
3543                 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line);
3544               }
3545             }
3546           }
3547         }
3548         if (spell_attr != 0) {
3549           if (!attr_pri) {
3550             char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
3551           } else {
3552             char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
3553           }
3554         }
3555 
3556         if (wp->w_buffer->terminal) {
3557           char_attr = hl_combine_attr(term_attrs[vcol], char_attr);
3558         }
3559 
3560         if (has_decor && v > 0) {
3561           bool selected = (area_active || (area_highlighting && noinvcur
3562                                            && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol));
3563           int extmark_attr = decor_redraw_col(wp->w_buffer, (colnr_T)v-1, off,
3564                                               selected, &decor_state);
3565           if (extmark_attr != 0) {
3566             if (!attr_pri) {
3567               char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, extmark_attr);
3568             } else {
3569               char_attr = hl_combine_attr(extmark_attr, char_attr);
3570             }
3571           }
3572         }
3573 
3574         // Found last space before word: check for line break.
3575         if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c && vim_isbreak(c)
3576             && !vim_isbreak((int)(*ptr))) {
3577           int mb_off = utf_head_off(line, ptr - 1);
3578           char_u *p = ptr - (mb_off + 1);
3579           // TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK?
3580           n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
3581 
3582           // We have just drawn the showbreak value, no need to add
3583           // space for it again.
3584           if (vcol == vcol_sbr) {
3585             n_extra -= mb_charlen(get_showbreak_value(wp));
3586             if (n_extra < 0) {
3587               n_extra = 0;
3588             }
3589           }
3590 
3591           if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > grid->Columns) {
3592             n_extra = tabstop_padding(vcol, wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts,
3593                                       wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1;
3594           }
3595           c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' ';
3596           c_final = NUL;
3597           if (ascii_iswhite(c)) {
3598             if (c == TAB) {
3599               // See "Tab alignment" below.
3600               FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS;
3601             }
3602             if (!wp->w_p_list) {
3603               c = ' ';
3604             }
3605           }
3606         }
3607 
3608         in_multispace = c == ' ' && ((ptr > line + 1 && ptr[-2] == ' ') || *ptr == ' ');
3609         if (!in_multispace) {
3610           multispace_pos = 0;
3611         }
3612 
3613         // 'list': Change char 160 to 'nbsp' and space to 'space'.
3614         // But not when the character is followed by a composing
3615         // character (use mb_l to check that).
3616         if (wp->w_p_list
3617             && ((((c == 160 && mb_l == 1)
3618                   || (mb_utf8
3619                       && ((mb_c == 160 && mb_l == 2)
3620                           || (mb_c == 0x202f && mb_l == 3))))
3621                  && wp->w_p_lcs_chars.nbsp)
3622                 || (c == ' '
3623                     && mb_l == 1
3624                     && (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.space
3625                         || (in_multispace && wp->w_p_lcs_chars.multispace != NULL))
3626                     && ptr - line >= leadcol
3627                     && ptr - line <= trailcol))) {
3628           if (in_multispace && wp->w_p_lcs_chars.multispace != NULL) {
3629             c = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.multispace[multispace_pos++];
3630             if (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.multispace[multispace_pos] == NUL) {
3631               multispace_pos = 0;
3632             }
3633           } else {
3634             c = (c == ' ') ? wp->w_p_lcs_chars.space : wp->w_p_lcs_chars.nbsp;
3635           }
3636           n_attr = 1;
3637           extra_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_0);
3638           saved_attr2 = char_attr;  // save current attr
3639           mb_c = c;
3640           if (utf_char2len(c) > 1) {
3641             mb_utf8 = true;
3642             u8cc[0] = 0;
3643             c = 0xc0;
3644           } else {
3645             mb_utf8 = false;
3646           }
3647         }
3648 
3649         if ((trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
3650             || (leadcol != 0 && ptr < line + leadcol && c == ' ')) {
3651           c = (ptr > line + trailcol) ? wp->w_p_lcs_chars.trail
3652                                       : wp->w_p_lcs_chars.lead;
3653           n_attr = 1;
3654           extra_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_0);
3655           saved_attr2 = char_attr;  // save current attr
3656           mb_c = c;
3657           if (utf_char2len(c) > 1) {
3658             mb_utf8 = true;
3659             u8cc[0] = 0;
3660             c = 0xc0;
3661           } else {
3662             mb_utf8 = false;
3663           }
3664         }
3665       }
3666 
3667       /*
3668        * Handling of non-printable characters.
3669        */
3670       if (!vim_isprintc(c)) {
3671         // when getting a character from the file, we may have to
3672         // turn it into something else on the way to putting it on the screen.
3673         if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab1)) {
3674           int tab_len = 0;
3675           long vcol_adjusted = vcol;  // removed showbreak length
3676           char_u *const sbr = get_showbreak_value(wp);
3677 
3678           // Only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column after the
3679           // showbreak value was drawn.
3680           if (*sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) {
3681             vcol_adjusted = vcol - mb_charlen(sbr);
3682           }
3683           // tab amount depends on current column
3684           tab_len = tabstop_padding(vcol_adjusted,
3685                                     wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts,
3686                                     wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1;
3687 
3688           if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) {
3689             n_extra = tab_len;
3690           } else {
3691             char_u *p;
3692             int i;
3693             int saved_nextra = n_extra;
3694 
3695             if (vcol_off > 0) {
3696               // there are characters to conceal
3697               tab_len += vcol_off;
3698             }
3699             // boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above.
3700             if (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab1 && old_boguscols > 0
3701                 && n_extra > tab_len) {
3702               tab_len += n_extra - tab_len;
3703             }
3704 
3705             // if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars
3706             // to use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width
3707             // for a tab
3708             int len = (tab_len * utf_char2len(wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab2));
3709             if (n_extra > 0) {
3710               len += n_extra - tab_len;
3711             }
3712             c = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab1;
3713             p = xmalloc(len + 1);
3714             memset(p, ' ', len);
3715             p[len] = NUL;
3716             xfree(p_extra_free);
3717             p_extra_free = p;
3718             for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) {
3719               if (*p == NUL) {
3720                 tab_len = i;
3721                 break;
3722               }
3723               int lcs = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab2;
3724 
3725               // if tab3 is given, need to change the char
3726               // for tab
3727               if (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab3 && i == tab_len - 1) {
3728                 lcs = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab3;
3729               }
3730               utf_char2bytes(lcs, p);
3731               p += utf_char2len(lcs);
3732               n_extra += utf_char2len(lcs) - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0);
3733             }
3734             p_extra = p_extra_free;
3735 
3736             // n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS
3737             // macro below, so need to adjust for that here
3738             if (vcol_off > 0) {
3739               n_extra -= vcol_off;
3740             }
3741           }
3742 
3743           {
3744             int vc_saved = vcol_off;
3745 
3746             // Tab alignment should be identical regardless of
3747             // 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all
3748             // previous concealed characters, and thus resets
3749             // vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the
3750             // line. Note that the tab can be longer than
3751             // 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters.
3752             FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS;
3753 
3754             // Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be
3755             // correctly set further below (effectively reverts the
3756             // FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro.
3757             if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list
3758                 && wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab1) {
3759               tab_len += vc_saved;
3760             }
3761           }
3762 
3763           mb_utf8 = false;  // don't draw as UTF-8
3764           if (wp->w_p_list) {
3765             c = (n_extra == 0 && wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab3)
3766                  ? wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab3
3767                  : wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab1;
3768             if (wp->w_p_lbr) {
3769               c_extra = NUL;  // using p_extra from above
3770             } else {
3771               c_extra = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab2;
3772             }
3773             c_final = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab3;
3774             n_attr = tab_len + 1;
3775             extra_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_0);
3776             saved_attr2 = char_attr;  // save current attr
3777             mb_c = c;
3778             if (utf_char2len(c) > 1) {
3779               mb_utf8 = true;
3780               u8cc[0] = 0;
3781               c = 0xc0;
3782             }
3783           } else {
3784             c_final = NUL;
3785             c_extra = ' ';
3786             c = ' ';
3787           }
3788         } else if (c == NUL
3789                    && (wp->w_p_list
3790                        || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
3791                            && tocol > vcol
3792                            && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
3793                            && (wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : (col < grid->Columns))
3794                            && !(noinvcur
3795                                 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
3796                                 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3797                    && lcs_eol_one > 0) {
3798           // Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
3799           // character if the line break is included.
3800           // For a diff line the highlighting continues after the "$".
3801           if (diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0
3802               && line_attr == 0
3803               && line_attr_lowprio == 0) {
3804             // In virtualedit, visual selections may extend beyond end of line
3805             if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
3806                 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) {
3807               n_extra = 0;
3808             } else {
3809               p_extra = at_end_str;
3810               n_extra = 1;
3811               c_extra = NUL;
3812               c_final = NUL;
3813             }
3814           }
3815           if (wp->w_p_list && wp->w_p_lcs_chars.eol > 0) {
3816             c = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.eol;
3817           } else {
3818             c = ' ';
3819           }
3820           lcs_eol_one = -1;
3821           ptr--;  // put it back at the NUL
3822           extra_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT);
3823           n_attr = 1;
3824           mb_c = c;
3825           if (utf_char2len(c) > 1) {
3826             mb_utf8 = true;
3827             u8cc[0] = 0;
3828             c = 0xc0;
3829           } else {
3830             mb_utf8 = false;                    // don't draw as UTF-8
3831           }
3832         } else if (c != NUL) {
3833           p_extra = transchar_buf(wp->w_buffer, c);
3834           if (n_extra == 0) {
3835             n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
3836           }
3837           if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) {
3838             rl_mirror(p_extra);                 // reverse "<12>"
3839           }
3840           c_extra = NUL;
3841           c_final = NUL;
3842           if (wp->w_p_lbr) {
3843             char_u *p;
3844 
3845             c = *p_extra;
3846             p = xmalloc(n_extra + 1);
3847             memset(p, ' ', n_extra);
3848             STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1);
3849             p[n_extra] = NUL;
3850             xfree(p_extra_free);
3851             p_extra_free = p_extra = p;
3852           } else {
3853             n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
3854             c = *p_extra++;
3855           }
3856           n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3857           extra_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_8);
3858           saved_attr2 = char_attr;  // save current attr
3859           mb_utf8 = false;   // don't draw as UTF-8
3860         } else if (VIsual_active
3861                    && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V || VIsual_mode == 'v')
3862                    && virtual_active()
3863                    && tocol != MAXCOL
3864                    && vcol < tocol
3865                    && (wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : (col < grid->Columns))) {
3866           c = ' ';
3867           ptr--;  // put it back at the NUL
3868         }
3869       }
3870 
3871       if (wp->w_p_cole > 0
3872           && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
3873               || conceal_cursor_line(wp))
3874           && ((syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0)
3875           && !(lnum_in_visual_area
3876                && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) {
3877         char_attr = conceal_attr;
3878         if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1)
3879             && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL
3880                 || (has_match_conc && match_conc)
3881                 || wp->w_p_cole == 1)
3882             && wp->w_p_cole != 3) {
3883           // First time at this concealed item: display one
3884           // character.
3885           if (has_match_conc && match_conc) {
3886             c = match_conc;
3887           } else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) {
3888             c = syn_get_sub_char();
3889           } else if (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.conceal != NUL) {
3890             c = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.conceal;
3891           } else {
3892             c = ' ';
3893           }
3894 
3895           prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr;
3896 
3897           if (n_extra > 0) {
3898             vcol_off += n_extra;
3899           }
3900           vcol += n_extra;
3901           if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) {
3902             if (wp->w_p_rl) {
3903               col -= n_extra;
3904               boguscols -= n_extra;
3905             } else {
3906               boguscols += n_extra;
3907               col += n_extra;
3908             }
3909           }
3910           n_extra = 0;
3911           n_attr = 0;
3912         } else if (n_skip == 0) {
3913           is_concealing = true;
3914           n_skip = 1;
3915         }
3916         mb_c = c;
3917         if (utf_char2len(c) > 1) {
3918           mb_utf8 = true;
3919           u8cc[0] = 0;
3920           c = 0xc0;
3921         } else {
3922           mb_utf8 = false;              // don't draw as UTF-8
3923         }
3924       } else {
3925         prev_syntax_id = 0;
3926         is_concealing = false;
3927       }
3928 
3929       if (n_skip > 0 && did_decrement_ptr) {
3930         // not showing the '>', put pointer back to avoid getting stuck
3931         ptr++;
3932       }
3933     }  // end of printing from buffer content
3934 
3935     /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct
3936      * the cursor column when we reach its position. */
3937     if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE
3938         && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
3939         && conceal_cursor_line(wp)
3940         && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) {
3941       if (wp->w_p_rl) {
3942         wp->w_wcol = grid->Columns - col + boguscols - 1;
3943       } else {
3944         wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols;
3945       }
3946       wp->w_wrow = row;
3947       did_wcol = true;
3948       wp->w_valid |= VALID_WCOL|VALID_WROW|VALID_VIRTCOL;
3949     }
3950 
3951     // Don't override visual selection highlighting.
3952     if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && !search_attr_from_match) {
3953       char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, extra_attr);
3954     }
3955 
3956     // Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
3957     // character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
3958     // special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
3959     if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
3960         && wp->w_p_list
3961         && (wp->w_p_wrap ? (wp->w_skipcol > 0 && row == 0) : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
3962         && filler_todo <= 0
3963         && draw_state > WL_NR
3964         && c != NUL) {
3965       c = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.prec;
3966       lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
3967       if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) > 1) {
3968         // Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes"
3969         // character, need to fill up half the character.
3970         c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR;
3971         c_final = NUL;
3972         n_extra = 1;
3973         n_attr = 2;
3974         extra_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT);
3975       }
3976       mb_c = c;
3977       if (utf_char2len(c) > 1) {
3978         mb_utf8 = true;
3979         u8cc[0] = 0;
3980         c = 0xc0;
3981       } else {
3982         mb_utf8 = false;  // don't draw as UTF-8
3983       }
3984       saved_attr3 = char_attr;  // save current attr
3985       char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT);  // overwriting char_attr
3986       n_attr3 = 1;
3987     }
3988 
3989     // At end of the text line or just after the last character.
3990     if (c == NUL && eol_hl_off == 0) {
3991       long prevcol = (ptr - line) - 1;
3992 
3993       // we're not really at that column when skipping some text
3994       if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) {
3995         prevcol++;
3996       }
3997 
3998       // Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
3999       // highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4000       // char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!)  Not
4001       // needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'.
4002       prevcol_hl_flag = false;
4003       if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) {
4004         prevcol_hl_flag = true;
4005       } else {
4006         cur = wp->w_match_head;
4007         while (cur != NULL) {
4008           if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) {
4009             prevcol_hl_flag = true;
4010             break;
4011           }
4012           cur = cur->next;
4013         }
4014       }
4015       if (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.eol == lcs_eol_one
4016           && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol
4017                && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4018                    || lnum == VIsual.lnum
4019                    || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
4020               // highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line
4021               || prevcol_hl_flag)) {
4022         int n = 0;
4023 
4024         if (wp->w_p_rl) {
4025           if (col < 0) {
4026             n = 1;
4027           }
4028         } else {
4029           if (col >= grid->Columns) {
4030             n = -1;
4031           }
4032         }
4033         if (n != 0) {
4034           /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4035            * instead (better than nothing). */
4036           off += n;
4037           col += n;
4038         } else {
4039           // Add a blank character to highlight.
4040           schar_from_ascii(linebuf_char[off], ' ');
4041         }
4042         if (area_attr == 0 && !has_fold) {
4043           // Use attributes from match with highest priority among
4044           // 'search_hl' and the match list.
4045           char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4046           cur = wp->w_match_head;
4047           shl_flag = false;
4048           while (cur != NULL || !shl_flag) {
4049             if (!shl_flag
4050                 && (cur == NULL || cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)) {
4051               shl = &search_hl;
4052               shl_flag = true;
4053             } else {
4054               shl = &cur->hl;
4055             }
4056             if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol
4057                 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) {
4058               char_attr = shl->attr;
4059             }
4060             if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) {
4061               cur = cur->next;
4062             }
4063           }
4064         }
4065 
4066         int eol_attr = char_attr;
4067         if (cul_attr) {
4068           eol_attr = hl_combine_attr(cul_attr, eol_attr);
4069         }
4070         linebuf_attr[off] = eol_attr;
4071         if (wp->w_p_rl) {
4072           --col;
4073           --off;
4074         } else {
4075           ++col;
4076           ++off;
4077         }
4078         ++vcol;
4079         eol_hl_off = 1;
4080       }
4081       // Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line.
4082       if (wp->w_p_wrap) {
4083         v = wp->w_skipcol;
4084       } else {
4085         v = wp->w_leftcol;
4086       }
4087 
4088       // check if line ends before left margin
4089       if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) {
4090         vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp);
4091       }
4092       // Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right
4093       // edge for 'cursorcolumn'.
4094       col -= boguscols;
4095       // boguscols = 0;  // Disabled because value never read after this
4096 
4097       if (draw_color_col) {
4098         draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols);
4099       }
4100 
4101       bool has_virttext = false;
4102       // Make sure alignment is the same regardless
4103       // if listchars=eol:X is used or not.
4104       int eol_skip = (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.eol == lcs_eol_one && eol_hl_off == 0
4105                       ? 1 : 0);
4106 
4107       if (has_decor) {
4108         has_virttext = decor_redraw_eol(wp->w_buffer, &decor_state, &line_attr,
4109                                         col + eol_skip);
4110       }
4111 
4112       if (((wp->w_p_cuc
4113             && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off
4114             && (int)wp->w_virtcol <
4115             grid->Columns * (row - startrow + 1) + v
4116             && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum)
4117            || draw_color_col || line_attr_lowprio || line_attr
4118            || diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || has_virttext)) {
4119         int rightmost_vcol = 0;
4120         int i;
4121 
4122         if (wp->w_p_cuc) {
4123           rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol;
4124         }
4125 
4126         if (draw_color_col) {
4127           // determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw
4128           for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; i++) {
4129             if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) {
4130               rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i];
4131             }
4132           }
4133         }
4134 
4135         int cuc_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_CUC);
4136         int mc_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_MC);
4137 
4138         int diff_attr = 0;
4139         if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) {
4140           diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4141         }
4142         if (diff_hlf != 0) {
4143           diff_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, diff_hlf);
4144         }
4145 
4146         int base_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr_lowprio, diff_attr);
4147         if (base_attr || line_attr || has_virttext) {
4148           rightmost_vcol = INT_MAX;
4149         }
4150 
4151         int col_stride = wp->w_p_rl ? -1 : 1;
4152 
4153         while (wp->w_p_rl ? col >= 0 : col < grid->Columns) {
4154           schar_from_ascii(linebuf_char[off], ' ');
4155           col += col_stride;
4156           if (draw_color_col) {
4157             draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols);
4158           }
4159 
4160           int col_attr = base_attr;
4161 
4162           if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) {
4163             col_attr = cuc_attr;
4164           } else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) {
4165             col_attr = mc_attr;
4166           }
4167 
4168           col_attr = hl_combine_attr(col_attr, line_attr);
4169 
4170           linebuf_attr[off] = col_attr;
4171           off += col_stride;
4172 
4173           if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) {
4174             break;
4175           }
4176 
4177           vcol += 1;
4178         }
4179       }
4180 
4181       // TODO(bfredl): integrate with the common beyond-the-end-loop
4182       if (wp->w_buffer->terminal) {
4183         // terminal buffers may need to highlight beyond the end of the
4184         // logical line
4185         int n = wp->w_p_rl ? -1 : 1;
4186         while (col >= 0 && col < grid->Columns) {
4187           schar_from_ascii(linebuf_char[off], ' ');
4188           linebuf_attr[off] = vcol >= TERM_ATTRS_MAX ? 0 : term_attrs[vcol];
4189           off += n;
4190           vcol += n;
4191           col += n;
4192         }
4193       }
4194 
4195       draw_virt_text(buf, win_col_offset, &col, grid->Columns);
4196       grid_put_linebuf(grid, row, 0, col, grid->Columns, wp->w_p_rl, wp,
4197                        wp->w_hl_attr_normal, false);
4198       row++;
4199 
4200       /*
4201        * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4202        * updated (saves a call to plines_win() later).
4203        */
4204       if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) {
4205         curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4206         curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4207         curwin->w_cline_folded = foldinfo.fi_lines > 0;
4208         curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4209         conceal_cursor_used = conceal_cursor_line(curwin);
4210       }
4211       break;
4212     }
4213 
4214     // Show "extends" character from 'listchars' if beyond the line end and
4215     // 'list' is set.
4216     if (wp->w_p_lcs_chars.ext != NUL
4217         && wp->w_p_list
4218         && !wp->w_p_wrap
4219         && filler_todo <= 0
4220         && (wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : col == grid->Columns - 1)
4221         && !has_fold
4222         && (*ptr != NUL
4223             || lcs_eol_one > 0
4224             || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) {
4225       c = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.ext;
4226       char_attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_AT);
4227       mb_c = c;
4228       if (utf_char2len(c) > 1) {
4229         mb_utf8 = true;
4230         u8cc[0] = 0;
4231         c = 0xc0;
4232       } else {
4233         mb_utf8 = false;
4234       }
4235     }
4236 
4237     // advance to the next 'colorcolumn'
4238     if (draw_color_col) {
4239       draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols);
4240     }
4241 
4242     // Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set.  But don't
4243     // highlight the cursor position itself.
4244     // Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than
4245     // 'cursorcolumn'
4246     // Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if 'breakindent' and/or 'showbreak'
4247     // options are set
4248     vcol_save_attr = -1;
4249     if ((draw_state == WL_LINE
4250          || draw_state == WL_BRI
4251          || draw_state == WL_SBR)
4252         && !lnum_in_visual_area
4253         && search_attr == 0
4254         && area_attr == 0
4255         && filler_todo <= 0) {
4256       if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4257           && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) {
4258         vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4259         char_attr = hl_combine_attr(win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_CUC), char_attr);
4260       } else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) {
4261         vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4262         char_attr = hl_combine_attr(win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_MC), char_attr);
4263       }
4264     }
4265 
4266     // Apply lowest-priority line attr now, so everything can override it.
4267     if (draw_state == WL_LINE) {
4268       char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr_lowprio, char_attr);
4269     }
4270 
4271     // Store character to be displayed.
4272     // Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4273     vcol_prev = vcol;
4274     if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) {
4275       //
4276       // Store the character.
4277       //
4278       if (wp->w_p_rl && utf_char2cells(mb_c) > 1) {
4279         // A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell.
4280         off--;
4281         col--;
4282       }
4283       if (mb_utf8) {
4284         schar_from_cc(linebuf_char[off], mb_c, u8cc);
4285       } else {
4286         schar_from_ascii(linebuf_char[off], c);
4287       }
4288       if (multi_attr) {
4289         linebuf_attr[off] = multi_attr;
4290         multi_attr = 0;
4291       } else {
4292         linebuf_attr[off] = char_attr;
4293       }
4294 
4295       if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) > 1) {
4296         // Need to fill two screen columns.
4297         off++;
4298         col++;
4299         // UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char.
4300         linebuf_char[off][0] = 0;
4301         if (draw_state > WL_NR && filler_todo <= 0) {
4302           vcol++;
4303         }
4304         // When "tocol" is halfway through a character, set it to the end of
4305         // the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop.
4306         if (tocol == vcol) {
4307           tocol++;
4308         }
4309         if (wp->w_p_rl) {
4310           // now it's time to backup one cell
4311           --off;
4312           --col;
4313         }
4314       }
4315       if (wp->w_p_rl) {
4316         --off;
4317         --col;
4318       } else {
4319         ++off;
4320         ++col;
4321       }
4322     } else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) {
4323       --n_skip;
4324       ++vcol_off;
4325       if (n_extra > 0) {
4326         vcol_off += n_extra;
4327       }
4328       if (wp->w_p_wrap) {
4329         /*
4330          * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on.
4331          *
4332          * Advance the column indicator to force the line
4333          * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line
4334          * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed,
4335          * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up.
4336          *
4337          * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing
4338          * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line
4339          * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number
4340          * of bad columns we have advanced.
4341          */
4342         if (n_extra > 0) {
4343           vcol += n_extra;
4344           if (wp->w_p_rl) {
4345             col -= n_extra;
4346             boguscols -= n_extra;
4347           } else {
4348             col += n_extra;
4349             boguscols += n_extra;
4350           }
4351           n_extra = 0;
4352           n_attr = 0;
4353         }
4354 
4355 
4356         if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) > 1) {
4357           // Need to fill two screen columns.
4358           if (wp->w_p_rl) {
4359             --boguscols;
4360             --col;
4361           } else {
4362             ++boguscols;
4363             ++col;
4364           }
4365         }
4366 
4367         if (wp->w_p_rl) {
4368           --boguscols;
4369           --col;
4370         } else {
4371           ++boguscols;
4372           ++col;
4373         }
4374       } else {
4375         if (n_extra > 0) {
4376           vcol += n_extra;
4377           n_extra = 0;
4378           n_attr = 0;
4379         }
4380       }
4381     } else {
4382       --n_skip;
4383     }
4384 
4385     /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber'
4386      * column. */
4387     if (draw_state > WL_NR
4388         && filler_todo <= 0) {
4389       ++vcol;
4390     }
4391 
4392     if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) {
4393       char_attr = vcol_save_attr;
4394     }
4395 
4396     // restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars'
4397     if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) {
4398       char_attr = saved_attr3;
4399     }
4400 
4401     // restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char
4402     if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) {
4403       char_attr = saved_attr2;
4404     }
4405 
4406     /*
4407      * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4408      * so far.  If there is no more to display it is caught above.
4409      */
4410     if ((wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : (col >= grid->Columns))
4411         && foldinfo.fi_lines == 0
4412         && (*ptr != NUL
4413             || filler_todo > 0
4414             || (wp->w_p_list && wp->w_p_lcs_chars.eol != NUL
4415                 && p_extra != at_end_str)
4416             || (n_extra != 0
4417                 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) {
4418       bool wrap = wp->w_p_wrap       // Wrapping enabled.
4419                   && filler_todo <= 0          // Not drawing diff filler lines.
4420                   && lcs_eol_one != -1         // Haven't printed the lcs_eol character.
4421                   && row != endrow - 1         // Not the last line being displayed.
4422                   && (grid->Columns == Columns  // Window spans the width of the screen,
4423                       || ui_has(kUIMultigrid))  // or has dedicated grid.
4424                   && !wp->w_p_rl;              // Not right-to-left.
4425 
4426       int draw_col = col - boguscols;
4427       if (filler_todo > 0) {
4428         int index = filler_todo - (filler_lines - n_virt_lines);
4429         if (index > 0) {
4430           int i = kv_size(virt_lines) - index;
4431           assert(i >= 0);
4432           int offset = kv_A(virt_lines, i).left_col ? 0 : win_col_offset;
4433           draw_virt_text_item(buf, offset, kv_A(virt_lines, i).line,
4434                               kHlModeReplace, grid->Columns, offset);
4435         }
4436       } else {
4437         draw_virt_text(buf, win_col_offset, &draw_col, grid->Columns);
4438       }
4439 
4440       grid_put_linebuf(grid, row, 0, draw_col, grid->Columns, wp->w_p_rl,
4441                        wp, wp->w_hl_attr_normal, wrap);
4442       if (wrap) {
4443         ScreenGrid *current_grid = grid;
4444         int current_row = row, dummy_col = 0;  // dummy_col unused
4445         screen_adjust_grid(&current_grid, &current_row, &dummy_col);
4446 
4447         // Force a redraw of the first column of the next line.
4448         current_grid->attrs[current_grid->line_offset[current_row+1]] = -1;
4449 
4450         // Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy.
4451         current_grid->line_wraps[current_row] = true;
4452       }
4453 
4454       boguscols = 0;
4455       row++;
4456 
4457       /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4458        * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4459       if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4460            && filler_todo <= 0
4461            ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) {
4462         break;
4463       }
4464 
4465       // When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines.
4466       if (draw_state != WL_LINE && filler_todo <= 0) {
4467         win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', true, row, wp->w_grid.Rows, HLF_AT);
4468         row = endrow;
4469       }
4470 
4471       // When line got too long for screen break here.
4472       if (row == endrow) {
4473         ++row;
4474         break;
4475       }
4476 
4477       col = 0;
4478       off = 0;
4479       if (wp->w_p_rl) {
4480         col = grid->Columns - 1;  // col is not used if breaking!
4481         off += col;
4482       }
4483 
4484       // reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line
4485       draw_state = WL_START;
4486       saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4487       saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4488       saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4489       saved_c_final = c_final;
4490       saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4491       n_extra = 0;
4492       lcs_prec_todo = wp->w_p_lcs_chars.prec;
4493       if (filler_todo <= 0) {
4494         need_showbreak = true;
4495       }
4496       filler_todo--;
4497       // When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4498       // file, don't draw the line itself, break here.
4499       if (filler_todo == 0 && (wp->w_botfill || end_fill)) {
4500         break;
4501       }
4502     }
4503   }     // for every character in the line
4504 
4505   // After an empty line check first word for capital.
4506   if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) {
4507     capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4508     cap_col = 0;
4509   }
4510 
4511   kv_destroy(virt_lines);
4512   xfree(p_extra_free);
4513   return row;
4514 }
4515 
draw_virt_text(buf_T * buf,int col_off,int * end_col,int max_col)4516 void draw_virt_text(buf_T *buf, int col_off, int *end_col, int max_col)
4517 {
4518   DecorState *state = &decor_state;
4519   int right_pos = max_col;
4520   bool do_eol = state->eol_col > -1;
4521   for (size_t i = 0; i < kv_size(state->active); i++) {
4522     DecorRange *item = &kv_A(state->active, i);
4523     if (!(item->start_row == state->row && kv_size(item->decor.virt_text))) {
4524       continue;
4525     }
4526     if (item->win_col == -1) {
4527       if (item->decor.virt_text_pos == kVTRightAlign) {
4528         right_pos -= item->decor.virt_text_width;
4529         item->win_col = right_pos;
4530       } else if (item->decor.virt_text_pos == kVTEndOfLine && do_eol) {
4531         item->win_col = state->eol_col;
4532       } else if (item->decor.virt_text_pos == kVTWinCol) {
4533         item->win_col = MAX(item->decor.col+col_off, 0);
4534       }
4535     }
4536     if (item->win_col < 0) {
4537       continue;
4538     }
4539 
4540     int col = draw_virt_text_item(buf, item->win_col, item->decor.virt_text,
4541                                   item->decor.hl_mode, max_col, item->win_col-col_off);
4542     item->win_col = -2;  // deactivate
4543     if (item->decor.virt_text_pos == kVTEndOfLine && do_eol) {
4544       state->eol_col = col+1;
4545     }
4546 
4547     *end_col = MAX(*end_col, col);
4548   }
4549 }
4550 
draw_virt_text_item(buf_T * buf,int col,VirtText vt,HlMode hl_mode,int max_col,int vcol)4551 static int draw_virt_text_item(buf_T *buf, int col, VirtText vt, HlMode hl_mode, int max_col,
4552                                int vcol)
4553 {
4554   LineState s = LINE_STATE("");
4555   int virt_attr = 0;
4556   size_t virt_pos = 0;
4557 
4558   while (col < max_col) {
4559     if (!*s.p) {
4560       if (virt_pos >= kv_size(vt)) {
4561         break;
4562       }
4563       virt_attr = 0;
4564       do {
4565         s.p = kv_A(vt, virt_pos).text;
4566         int hl_id = kv_A(vt, virt_pos).hl_id;
4567         virt_attr = hl_combine_attr(virt_attr,
4568                                     hl_id > 0 ? syn_id2attr(hl_id) : 0);
4569         virt_pos++;
4570       } while (!s.p && virt_pos < kv_size(vt));
4571       if (!s.p) {
4572         break;
4573       }
4574     }
4575     int attr;
4576     bool through = false;
4577     if (hl_mode == kHlModeCombine) {
4578       attr = hl_combine_attr(linebuf_attr[col], virt_attr);
4579     } else if (hl_mode == kHlModeBlend) {
4580       through = (*s.p == ' ');
4581       attr = hl_blend_attrs(linebuf_attr[col], virt_attr, &through);
4582     } else {
4583       attr = virt_attr;
4584     }
4585     schar_T dummy[2];
4586     int cells = line_putchar(buf, &s, through ? dummy : &linebuf_char[col],
4587                              max_col-col, false, vcol);
4588     // if we failed to emit a char, we still need to advance
4589     cells = MAX(cells, 1);
4590 
4591     for (int c = 0; c < cells; c++) {
4592       linebuf_attr[col++] = attr;
4593     }
4594     vcol += cells;
4595   }
4596   return col;
4597 }
4598 
4599 /// Determine if dedicated window grid should be used or the default_grid
4600 ///
4601 /// If UI did not request multigrid support, draw all windows on the
4602 /// default_grid.
4603 ///
4604 /// NB: this function can only been used with window grids in a context where
4605 /// win_grid_alloc already has been called!
4606 ///
4607 /// If the default_grid is used, adjust window relative positions to global
4608 /// screen positions.
screen_adjust_grid(ScreenGrid ** grid,int * row_off,int * col_off)4609 void screen_adjust_grid(ScreenGrid **grid, int *row_off, int *col_off)
4610 {
4611   if ((*grid)->target) {
4612     *row_off += (*grid)->row_offset;
4613     *col_off += (*grid)->col_offset;
4614     *grid = (*grid)->target;
4615   }
4616 }
4617 
4618 // Get information needed to display the sign in line 'lnum' in window 'wp'.
4619 // If 'nrcol' is TRUE, the sign is going to be displayed in the number column.
4620 // Otherwise the sign is going to be displayed in the sign column.
4621 //
4622 // @param count max number of signs
4623 // @param[out] n_extrap number of characters from pp_extra to display
4624 // @param[in, out] sign_idxp Index of the displayed sign
get_sign_display_info(bool nrcol,win_T * wp,sign_attrs_T sattrs[],int row,int startrow,int filler_lines,int filler_todo,int count,int * c_extrap,int * c_finalp,char_u * extra,size_t extra_size,char_u ** pp_extra,int * n_extrap,int * char_attrp,int * draw_statep,int * sign_idxp)4625 static void get_sign_display_info(bool nrcol, win_T *wp, sign_attrs_T sattrs[], int row,
4626                                   int startrow, int filler_lines, int filler_todo, int count,
4627                                   int *c_extrap, int *c_finalp, char_u *extra, size_t extra_size,
4628                                   char_u **pp_extra, int *n_extrap, int *char_attrp,
4629                                   int *draw_statep, int *sign_idxp)
4630 {
4631   // Draw cells with the sign value or blank.
4632   *c_extrap = ' ';
4633   *c_finalp = NUL;
4634   if (nrcol) {
4635     *n_extrap = number_width(wp) + 1;
4636   } else {
4637     *char_attrp = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_SC);
4638     *n_extrap = win_signcol_width(wp);
4639   }
4640 
4641   if (row == startrow + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0) {
4642     sign_attrs_T *sattr = sign_get_attr(SIGN_TEXT, sattrs, *sign_idxp, count);
4643     if (sattr != NULL) {
4644       *pp_extra = sattr->sat_text;
4645       if (*pp_extra != NULL) {
4646         *c_extrap = NUL;
4647         *c_finalp = NUL;
4648 
4649         if (nrcol) {
4650           int n, width = number_width(wp) - 2;
4651           for (n = 0; n < width; n++) {
4652             extra[n] = ' ';
4653           }
4654           extra[n] = NUL;
4655           STRCAT(extra, *pp_extra);
4656           STRCAT(extra, " ");
4657           *pp_extra = extra;
4658           *n_extrap = (int)STRLEN(*pp_extra);
4659         } else {
4660           int symbol_blen = (int)STRLEN(*pp_extra);
4661 
4662           // TODO(oni-link): Is sign text already extended to
4663           // full cell width?
4664           assert((size_t)win_signcol_width(wp) >= mb_string2cells(*pp_extra));
4665           // symbol(s) bytes + (filling spaces) (one byte each)
4666           *n_extrap = symbol_blen +
4667                       (win_signcol_width(wp) - mb_string2cells(*pp_extra));
4668 
4669           assert(extra_size > (size_t)symbol_blen);
4670           memset(extra, ' ', extra_size);
4671           memcpy(extra, *pp_extra, symbol_blen);
4672 
4673           *pp_extra = extra;
4674           (*pp_extra)[*n_extrap] = NUL;
4675         }
4676       }
4677       *char_attrp = sattr->sat_texthl;
4678     }
4679   }
4680 
4681   (*sign_idxp)++;
4682   if (*sign_idxp < count) {
4683     *draw_statep = WL_SIGN - 1;
4684   } else {
4685     *sign_idxp = 0;
4686   }
4687 }
4688 
4689 
4690 /*
4691  * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4692  * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4693  * - the attributes are different
4694  * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4695  * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs.
4696  */
grid_char_needs_redraw(ScreenGrid * grid,int off_from,int off_to,int cols)4697 static int grid_char_needs_redraw(ScreenGrid *grid, int off_from, int off_to, int cols)
4698 {
4699   return (cols > 0
4700           && ((schar_cmp(linebuf_char[off_from], grid->chars[off_to])
4701                || linebuf_attr[off_from] != grid->attrs[off_to]
4702                || (line_off2cells(linebuf_char, off_from, off_from + cols) > 1
4703                    && schar_cmp(linebuf_char[off_from + 1],
4704                                 grid->chars[off_to + 1])))
4705               || rdb_flags & RDB_NODELTA));
4706 }
4707 
4708 /// Move one buffered line to the window grid, but only the characters that
4709 /// have actually changed.  Handle insert/delete character.
4710 /// "coloff" gives the first column on the grid for this line.
4711 /// "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4712 /// "clear_width" is the width of the window.  It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4713 /// needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4714 /// "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4715 ///    When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4716 ///    When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4717 /// If "wrap" is true, then hint to the UI that "row" contains a line
4718 /// which has wrapped into the next row.
grid_put_linebuf(ScreenGrid * grid,int row,int coloff,int endcol,int clear_width,int rlflag,win_T * wp,int bg_attr,bool wrap)4719 static void grid_put_linebuf(ScreenGrid *grid, int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width,
4720                              int rlflag, win_T *wp, int bg_attr, bool wrap)
4721 {
4722   unsigned off_from;
4723   unsigned off_to;
4724   unsigned max_off_from;
4725   unsigned max_off_to;
4726   int col = 0;
4727   bool redraw_this;                         // Does character need redraw?
4728   bool redraw_next;                         // redraw_this for next character
4729   bool clear_next = false;
4730   int char_cells;                           // 1: normal char
4731                                             // 2: occupies two display cells
4732   int start_dirty = -1, end_dirty = 0;
4733 
4734   // TODO(bfredl): check all callsites and eliminate
4735   // Check for illegal row and col, just in case
4736   if (row >= grid->Rows) {
4737     row = grid->Rows - 1;
4738   }
4739   if (endcol > grid->Columns) {
4740     endcol = grid->Columns;
4741   }
4742 
4743   screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row, &coloff);
4744 
4745   // Safety check. Avoids clang warnings down the call stack.
4746   if (grid->chars == NULL || row >= grid->Rows || coloff >= grid->Columns) {
4747     DLOG("invalid state, skipped");
4748     return;
4749   }
4750 
4751   off_from = 0;
4752   off_to = grid->line_offset[row] + coloff;
4753   max_off_from = linebuf_size;
4754   max_off_to = grid->line_offset[row] + grid->Columns;
4755 
4756   if (rlflag) {
4757     // Clear rest first, because it's left of the text.
4758     if (clear_width > 0) {
4759       while (col <= endcol && grid->chars[off_to][0] == ' '
4760              && grid->chars[off_to][1] == NUL
4761              && grid->attrs[off_to] == bg_attr) {
4762         ++off_to;
4763         ++col;
4764       }
4765       if (col <= endcol) {
4766         grid_fill(grid, row, row + 1, col + coloff, endcol + coloff + 1,
4767                   ' ', ' ', bg_attr);
4768       }
4769     }
4770     col = endcol + 1;
4771     off_to = grid->line_offset[row] + col + coloff;
4772     off_from += col;
4773     endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
4774   }
4775 
4776   if (bg_attr) {
4777     for (int c = col; c < endcol; c++) {
4778       linebuf_attr[off_from+c] =
4779         hl_combine_attr(bg_attr, linebuf_attr[off_from+c]);
4780     }
4781   }
4782 
4783   redraw_next = grid_char_needs_redraw(grid, off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
4784 
4785   while (col < endcol) {
4786     char_cells = 1;
4787     if (col + 1 < endcol) {
4788       char_cells = line_off2cells(linebuf_char, off_from, max_off_from);
4789     }
4790     redraw_this = redraw_next;
4791     redraw_next = grid_char_needs_redraw(grid, off_from + char_cells,
4792                                          off_to + char_cells,
4793                                          endcol - col - char_cells);
4794 
4795     if (redraw_this) {
4796       if (start_dirty == -1) {
4797         start_dirty = col;
4798       }
4799       end_dirty = col + char_cells;
4800       // When writing a single-width character over a double-width
4801       // character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
4802       // the right halve of the old character.
4803       // Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
4804       // char over the left halve of an existing one
4805       if (col + char_cells == endcol
4806           && ((char_cells == 1
4807                && grid_off2cells(grid, off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
4808               || (char_cells == 2
4809                   && grid_off2cells(grid, off_to, max_off_to) == 1
4810                   && grid_off2cells(grid, off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) {
4811         clear_next = true;
4812       }
4813 
4814       schar_copy(grid->chars[off_to], linebuf_char[off_from]);
4815       if (char_cells == 2) {
4816         schar_copy(grid->chars[off_to+1], linebuf_char[off_from+1]);
4817       }
4818 
4819       grid->attrs[off_to] = linebuf_attr[off_from];
4820       // For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a
4821       // double-wide character equal to the first half.
4822       if (char_cells == 2) {
4823         grid->attrs[off_to + 1] = linebuf_attr[off_from];
4824       }
4825     }
4826 
4827     off_to += char_cells;
4828     off_from += char_cells;
4829     col += char_cells;
4830   }
4831 
4832   if (clear_next) {
4833     // Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
4834     // half was overwritten with a single-wide character.
4835     schar_from_ascii(grid->chars[off_to], ' ');
4836     end_dirty++;
4837   }
4838 
4839   int clear_end = -1;
4840   if (clear_width > 0 && !rlflag) {
4841     // blank out the rest of the line
4842     // TODO(bfredl): we could cache winline widths
4843     while (col < clear_width) {
4844       if (grid->chars[off_to][0] != ' '
4845           || grid->chars[off_to][1] != NUL
4846           || grid->attrs[off_to] != bg_attr) {
4847         grid->chars[off_to][0] = ' ';
4848         grid->chars[off_to][1] = NUL;
4849         grid->attrs[off_to] = bg_attr;
4850         if (start_dirty == -1) {
4851           start_dirty = col;
4852           end_dirty = col;
4853         } else if (clear_end == -1) {
4854           end_dirty = endcol;
4855         }
4856         clear_end = col+1;
4857       }
4858       col++;
4859       off_to++;
4860     }
4861   }
4862 
4863   if (clear_width > 0 || wp->w_width != grid->Columns) {
4864     // If we cleared after the end of the line, it did not wrap.
4865     // For vsplit, line wrapping is not possible.
4866     grid->line_wraps[row] = false;
4867   }
4868 
4869   if (clear_end < end_dirty) {
4870     clear_end = end_dirty;
4871   }
4872   if (start_dirty == -1) {
4873     start_dirty = end_dirty;
4874   }
4875   if (clear_end > start_dirty) {
4876     ui_line(grid, row, coloff+start_dirty, coloff+end_dirty, coloff+clear_end,
4877             bg_attr, wrap);
4878   }
4879 }
4880 
4881 /*
4882  * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
4883  * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
4884  */
rl_mirror(char_u * str)4885 void rl_mirror(char_u *str)
4886 {
4887   char_u *p1, *p2;
4888   int t;
4889 
4890   for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) {
4891     t = *p1;
4892     *p1 = *p2;
4893     *p2 = t;
4894   }
4895 }
4896 
4897 /*
4898  * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
4899  */
status_redraw_all(void)4900 void status_redraw_all(void)
4901 {
4902   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
4903     if (wp->w_status_height) {
4904       wp->w_redr_status = true;
4905       redraw_later(wp, VALID);
4906     }
4907   }
4908 }
4909 
4910 /// Marks all status lines of the current buffer for redraw.
status_redraw_curbuf(void)4911 void status_redraw_curbuf(void)
4912 {
4913   status_redraw_buf(curbuf);
4914 }
4915 
4916 /// Marks all status lines of the specified buffer for redraw.
status_redraw_buf(buf_T * buf)4917 void status_redraw_buf(buf_T *buf)
4918 {
4919   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
4920     if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == buf) {
4921       wp->w_redr_status = true;
4922       redraw_later(wp, VALID);
4923     }
4924   }
4925 }
4926 
4927 /*
4928  * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
4929  */
redraw_statuslines(void)4930 void redraw_statuslines(void)
4931 {
4932   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
4933     if (wp->w_redr_status) {
4934       win_redr_status(wp);
4935     }
4936   }
4937   if (redraw_tabline) {
4938     draw_tabline();
4939   }
4940 }
4941 
4942 /*
4943  * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
4944  */
win_redraw_last_status(const frame_T * frp)4945 void win_redraw_last_status(const frame_T *frp)
4946   FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ARG(1)
4947 {
4948   if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) {
4949     frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = true;
4950   } else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) {
4951     FOR_ALL_FRAMES(frp, frp->fr_child) {
4952       win_redraw_last_status(frp);
4953     }
4954   } else {
4955     assert(frp->fr_layout == FR_COL);
4956     frp = frp->fr_child;
4957     while (frp->fr_next != NULL) {
4958       frp = frp->fr_next;
4959     }
4960     win_redraw_last_status(frp);
4961   }
4962 }
4963 
4964 /*
4965  * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
4966  */
draw_vsep_win(win_T * wp,int row)4967 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row)
4968 {
4969   int hl;
4970   int c;
4971 
4972   if (wp->w_vsep_width) {
4973     // draw the vertical separator right of this window
4974     c = fillchar_vsep(wp, &hl);
4975     grid_fill(&default_grid, wp->w_winrow + row, W_ENDROW(wp),
4976               W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, c, ' ', hl);
4977   }
4978 }
4979 
4980 
4981 /*
4982  * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
4983  */
status_match_len(expand_T * xp,char_u * s)4984 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s)
4985 {
4986   int len = 0;
4987 
4988   int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
4989                || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
4990 
4991   // Check for menu separators - replace with '|'.
4992   if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) {
4993     return 1;
4994   }
4995 
4996   while (*s != NUL) {
4997     s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
4998     len += ptr2cells(s);
4999     MB_PTR_ADV(s);
5000   }
5001 
5002   return len;
5003 }
5004 
5005 /*
5006  * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match.
5007  * These are backslashes used for escaping.  Do show backslashes in help tags.
5008  */
skip_status_match_char(expand_T * xp,char_u * s)5009 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s)
5010 {
5011   if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5012       || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5013            || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5014           && (s[0] == '\t'
5015               || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))) {
5016 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
5017     if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') {
5018       return 2;
5019     }
5020 #endif
5021     return 1;
5022   }
5023   return 0;
5024 }
5025 
5026 /// Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5027 /// Show at least the "match" item.
5028 /// We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5029 ///
5030 /// If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5031 ///
5032 /// @param matches  list of matches
win_redr_status_matches(expand_T * xp,int num_matches,char_u ** matches,int match,int showtail)5033 void win_redr_status_matches(expand_T *xp, int num_matches, char_u **matches, int match,
5034                              int showtail)
5035 {
5036 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m], false) : matches[m])
5037   int row;
5038   char_u *buf;
5039   int len;
5040   int clen;                     // length in screen cells
5041   int fillchar;
5042   int attr;
5043   int i;
5044   bool highlight = true;
5045   char_u *selstart = NULL;
5046   int selstart_col = 0;
5047   char_u *selend = NULL;
5048   static int first_match = 0;
5049   bool add_left = false;
5050   char_u *s;
5051   int emenu;
5052   int l;
5053 
5054   if (matches == NULL) {        // interrupted completion?
5055     return;
5056   }
5057 
5058   buf = xmalloc(Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5059 
5060   if (match == -1) {    // don't show match but original text
5061     match = 0;
5062     highlight = false;
5063   }
5064   // count 1 for the ending ">"
5065   clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5066   if (match == 0) {
5067     first_match = 0;
5068   } else if (match < first_match) {
5069     // jumping left, as far as we can go
5070     first_match = match;
5071     add_left = true;
5072   } else {
5073     // check if match fits on the screen
5074     for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) {
5075       clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5076     }
5077     if (first_match > 0) {
5078       clen += 2;
5079     }
5080     // jumping right, put match at the left
5081     if ((long)clen > Columns) {
5082       first_match = match;
5083       // if showing the last match, we can add some on the left
5084       clen = 2;
5085       for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) {
5086         clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5087         if ((long)clen >= Columns) {
5088           break;
5089         }
5090       }
5091       if (i == num_matches) {
5092         add_left = true;
5093       }
5094     }
5095   }
5096   if (add_left) {
5097     while (first_match > 0) {
5098       clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5099       if ((long)clen >= Columns) {
5100         break;
5101       }
5102       first_match--;
5103     }
5104   }
5105 
5106   fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, curwin);
5107 
5108   if (first_match == 0) {
5109     *buf = NUL;
5110     len = 0;
5111   } else {
5112     STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5113     len = 2;
5114   }
5115   clen = len;
5116 
5117   i = first_match;
5118   while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) {
5119     if (i == match) {
5120       selstart = buf + len;
5121       selstart_col = clen;
5122     }
5123 
5124     s = L_MATCH(i);
5125     // Check for menu separators - replace with '|'
5126     emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5127              || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5128     if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) {
5129       STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5130       l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5131       len += l;
5132       clen += l;
5133     } else {
5134       for (; *s != NUL; ++s) {
5135         s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5136         clen += ptr2cells(s);
5137         if ((l = utfc_ptr2len(s)) > 1) {
5138           STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);  // NOLINT(runtime/printf)
5139           s += l - 1;
5140           len += l;
5141         } else {
5142           STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5143           len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5144         }
5145       }
5146     }
5147     if (i == match) {
5148       selend = buf + len;
5149     }
5150 
5151     *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5152     *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5153     clen += 2;
5154     if (++i == num_matches) {
5155       break;
5156     }
5157   }
5158 
5159   if (i != num_matches) {
5160     *(buf + len++) = '>';
5161     ++clen;
5162   }
5163 
5164   buf[len] = NUL;
5165 
5166   row = cmdline_row - 1;
5167   if (row >= 0) {
5168     if (wild_menu_showing == 0 || wild_menu_showing == WM_LIST) {
5169       if (msg_scrolled > 0) {
5170         // Put the wildmenu just above the command line.  If there is
5171         // no room, scroll the screen one line up.
5172         if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) {
5173           msg_scroll_up(false);
5174           msg_scrolled++;
5175         } else {
5176           cmdline_row++;
5177           row++;
5178         }
5179         wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5180       } else {
5181         // Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5182         // Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5183         // resized.
5184         if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) {
5185           save_p_ls = p_ls;
5186           save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5187           p_ls = 2;
5188           p_wmh = 0;
5189           last_status(false);
5190         }
5191         wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5192       }
5193     }
5194 
5195     // Tricky: wildmenu can be drawn either over a status line, or at empty
5196     // scrolled space in the message output
5197     ScreenGrid *grid = (wild_menu_showing == WM_SCROLLED)
5198                         ? &msg_grid_adj : &default_grid;
5199 
5200     grid_puts(grid, buf, row, 0, attr);
5201     if (selstart != NULL && highlight) {
5202       *selend = NUL;
5203       grid_puts(grid, selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM));
5204     }
5205 
5206     grid_fill(grid, row, row + 1, clen, Columns,
5207               fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5208   }
5209 
5210   win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5211   xfree(buf);
5212 }
5213 
5214 /// Redraw the status line of window `wp`.
5215 ///
5216 /// If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
win_redr_status(win_T * wp)5217 static void win_redr_status(win_T *wp)
5218 {
5219   int row;
5220   char_u *p;
5221   int len;
5222   int fillchar;
5223   int attr;
5224   int this_ru_col;
5225   static int busy = FALSE;
5226 
5227   // May get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly)
5228   // invokes ":redrawstatus".  Simply ignore the call then.
5229   if (busy
5230       // Also ignore if wildmenu is showing.
5231       || (wild_menu_showing != 0 && !ui_has(kUIWildmenu))) {
5232     return;
5233   }
5234   busy = true;
5235 
5236   wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5237   if (wp->w_status_height == 0) {
5238     // no status line, can only be last window
5239     redraw_cmdline = true;
5240   } else if (!redrawing()) {
5241     // Don't redraw right now, do it later. Don't update status line when
5242     // popup menu is visible and may be drawn over it
5243     wp->w_redr_status = true;
5244   } else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) {
5245     // redraw custom status line
5246     redraw_custom_statusline(wp);
5247   } else {
5248     fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp);
5249 
5250     get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer);
5251     p = NameBuff;
5252     len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5253 
5254     if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)
5255         || wp->w_p_pvw
5256         || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5257         || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) {
5258       *(p + len++) = ' ';
5259     }
5260     if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) {
5261       STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]"));
5262       len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5263     }
5264     if (wp->w_p_pvw) {
5265       STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5266       len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5267     }
5268     if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) {
5269       STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5270       len += 3;
5271     }
5272     if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) {
5273       STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]"));
5274       // len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);  // dead assignment
5275     }
5276 
5277     this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width);
5278     if (this_ru_col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) {
5279       this_ru_col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2;
5280     }
5281     if (this_ru_col <= 1) {
5282       p = (char_u *)"<";                // No room for file name!
5283       len = 1;
5284     } else {
5285       int clen = 0, i;
5286 
5287       // Count total number of display cells.
5288       clen = (int)mb_string2cells(p);
5289 
5290       // Find first character that will fit.
5291       // Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS.
5292       for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5293            i += utfc_ptr2len(p + i)) {
5294         clen -= utf_ptr2cells(p + i);
5295       }
5296       len = clen;
5297       if (i > 0) {
5298         p = p + i - 1;
5299         *p = '<';
5300         ++len;
5301       }
5302     }
5303 
5304     row = W_ENDROW(wp);
5305     grid_puts(&default_grid, p, row, wp->w_wincol, attr);
5306     grid_fill(&default_grid, row, row + 1, len + wp->w_wincol,
5307               this_ru_col + wp->w_wincol, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5308 
5309     if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5310         && this_ru_col - len > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) {
5311       grid_puts(&default_grid, NameBuff, row,
5312                 (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) - 1), attr);
5313     }
5314 
5315     win_redr_ruler(wp, true);
5316   }
5317 
5318   /*
5319    * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5320    */
5321   if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) {
5322     if (stl_connected(wp)) {
5323       fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp);
5324     } else {
5325       fillchar = fillchar_vsep(wp, &attr);
5326     }
5327     grid_putchar(&default_grid, fillchar, W_ENDROW(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp), attr);
5328   }
5329   busy = FALSE;
5330 }
5331 
5332 /*
5333  * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any
5334  * errors encountered.
5335  */
redraw_custom_statusline(win_T * wp)5336 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp)
5337 {
5338   static bool entered = false;
5339   int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg;
5340 
5341   /* When called recursively return.  This can happen when the statusline
5342    * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */
5343   if (entered) {
5344     return;
5345   }
5346   entered = true;
5347 
5348   did_emsg = false;
5349   win_redr_custom(wp, false);
5350   if (did_emsg) {
5351     // When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the
5352     // display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem
5353     // again and again.
5354     set_string_option_direct("statusline", -1, (char_u *)"",
5355                              OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL
5356                                          ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR);
5357   }
5358   did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg;
5359   entered = false;
5360 }
5361 
5362 /// Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5363 ///
5364 /// @return  true if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5365 /// line of the window right of it.  If not, then it's a vertical separator.
stl_connected(win_T * wp)5366 bool stl_connected(win_T *wp)
5367 {
5368   frame_T *fr;
5369 
5370   fr = wp->w_frame;
5371   while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) {
5372     if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) {
5373       if (fr->fr_next != NULL) {
5374         break;
5375       }
5376     } else {
5377       if (fr->fr_next != NULL) {
5378         return true;
5379       }
5380     }
5381     fr = fr->fr_parent;
5382   }
5383   return false;
5384 }
5385 
5386 
5387 /// Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
5388 ///
5389 /// @param fmt  format string containing one %s item
5390 /// @param buf  buffer for the result
5391 /// @param len  length of buffer
get_keymap_str(win_T * wp,char_u * fmt,char_u * buf,int len)5392 bool get_keymap_str(win_T *wp, char_u *fmt, char_u *buf, int len)
5393 {
5394   char_u *p;
5395 
5396   if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) {
5397     return false;
5398   }
5399 
5400   {
5401     buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
5402     win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
5403     char_u *s;
5404 
5405     curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
5406     curwin = wp;
5407     STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name");       // must be writable
5408     emsg_skip++;
5409     s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, false);
5410     emsg_skip--;
5411     curbuf = old_curbuf;
5412     curwin = old_curwin;
5413     if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) {
5414       if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) {
5415         p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
5416       } else {
5417         p = (char_u *)"lang";
5418       }
5419     }
5420     if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) {
5421       buf[0] = NUL;
5422     }
5423     xfree(s);
5424   }
5425   return buf[0] != NUL;
5426 }
5427 
5428 /*
5429  * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp".
5430  * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'.
5431  */
win_redr_custom(win_T * wp,bool draw_ruler)5432 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, bool draw_ruler)
5433 {
5434   static bool entered = false;
5435   int attr;
5436   int curattr;
5437   int row;
5438   int col = 0;
5439   int maxwidth;
5440   int width;
5441   int n;
5442   int len;
5443   int fillchar;
5444   char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
5445   char_u *stl;
5446   char_u *p;
5447   stl_hlrec_t *hltab;
5448   StlClickRecord *tabtab;
5449   int use_sandbox = false;
5450   win_T *ewp;
5451   int p_crb_save;
5452 
5453   ScreenGrid *grid = &default_grid;
5454 
5455   /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When
5456    * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline.
5457    * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */
5458   if (entered) {
5459     return;
5460   }
5461   entered = true;
5462 
5463   // setup environment for the task at hand
5464   if (wp == NULL) {
5465     // Use 'tabline'.  Always at the first line of the screen.
5466     stl = p_tal;
5467     row = 0;
5468     fillchar = ' ';
5469     attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF);
5470     maxwidth = Columns;
5471     use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely(wp, "tabline", 0);
5472   } else {
5473     row = W_ENDROW(wp);
5474     fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp);
5475     maxwidth = wp->w_width;
5476 
5477     if (draw_ruler) {
5478       stl = p_ruf;
5479       // advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col
5480       if (*stl == '%') {
5481         if (*++stl == '-') {
5482           stl++;
5483         }
5484         if (atoi((char *)stl)) {
5485           while (ascii_isdigit(*stl)) {
5486             stl++;
5487           }
5488         }
5489         if (*stl++ != '(') {
5490           stl = p_ruf;
5491         }
5492       }
5493       col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width);
5494       if (col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) {
5495         col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2;
5496       }
5497       maxwidth = wp->w_width - col;
5498       if (!wp->w_status_height) {
5499         grid = &msg_grid_adj;
5500         row = Rows - 1;
5501         maxwidth--;  // writing in last column may cause scrolling
5502         fillchar = ' ';
5503         attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_MSG);
5504       }
5505 
5506       use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely(wp, "rulerformat", 0);
5507     } else {
5508       if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) {
5509         stl = wp->w_p_stl;
5510       } else {
5511         stl = p_stl;
5512       }
5513       use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely(wp, "statusline", *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL);
5514     }
5515 
5516     col += wp->w_wincol;
5517   }
5518 
5519   if (maxwidth <= 0) {
5520     goto theend;
5521   }
5522 
5523   /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving
5524    * the cursor away and back. */
5525   ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp;
5526   p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb;
5527   ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE;
5528 
5529   /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that
5530    * might change the option value and free the memory. */
5531   stl = vim_strsave(stl);
5532   width =
5533     build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), stl, use_sandbox,
5534                      fillchar, maxwidth, &hltab, &tabtab);
5535   xfree(stl);
5536   ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save;
5537 
5538   // Make all characters printable.
5539   p = (char_u *)transstr((const char *)buf, true);
5540   len = STRLCPY(buf, p, sizeof(buf));
5541   len = (size_t)len < sizeof(buf) ? len : (int)sizeof(buf) - 1;
5542   xfree(p);
5543 
5544   // fill up with "fillchar"
5545   while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) {
5546     len += utf_char2bytes(fillchar, buf + len);
5547     width++;
5548   }
5549   buf[len] = NUL;
5550 
5551   /*
5552    * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting.
5553    */
5554   grid_puts_line_start(grid, row);
5555 
5556   curattr = attr;
5557   p = buf;
5558   for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) {
5559     int textlen = (int)(hltab[n].start - p);
5560     grid_puts_len(grid, p, textlen, row, col, curattr);
5561     col += vim_strnsize(p, textlen);
5562     p = hltab[n].start;
5563 
5564     if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) {
5565       curattr = attr;
5566     } else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) {
5567       curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl);
5568     } else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) {
5569       curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
5570     } else {
5571       curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
5572     }
5573   }
5574   // Make sure to use an empty string instead of p, if p is beyond buf + len.
5575   grid_puts(grid, p >= buf + len ? (char_u *)"" : p, row, col,
5576             curattr);
5577 
5578   grid_puts_line_flush(false);
5579 
5580   if (wp == NULL) {
5581     // Fill the tab_page_click_defs array for clicking in the tab pages line.
5582     col = 0;
5583     len = 0;
5584     p = buf;
5585     StlClickDefinition cur_click_def = {
5586       .type = kStlClickDisabled,
5587     };
5588     for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) {
5589       len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - (char *)p));
5590       while (col < len) {
5591         tab_page_click_defs[col++] = cur_click_def;
5592       }
5593       p = (char_u *)tabtab[n].start;
5594       cur_click_def = tabtab[n].def;
5595     }
5596     while (col < Columns) {
5597       tab_page_click_defs[col++] = cur_click_def;
5598     }
5599   }
5600 
5601 theend:
5602   entered = false;
5603 }
5604 
win_redr_border(win_T * wp)5605 static void win_redr_border(win_T *wp)
5606 {
5607   wp->w_redr_border = false;
5608   if (!(wp->w_floating && wp->w_float_config.border)) {
5609     return;
5610   }
5611 
5612   ScreenGrid *grid = &wp->w_grid_alloc;
5613 
5614   schar_T *chars = wp->w_float_config.border_chars;
5615   int *attrs = wp->w_float_config.border_attr;
5616 
5617 
5618   int *adj = wp->w_border_adj;
5619   int irow = wp->w_height_inner, icol = wp->w_width_inner;
5620 
5621   if (adj[0]) {
5622     grid_puts_line_start(grid, 0);
5623     if (adj[3]) {
5624       grid_put_schar(grid, 0, 0, chars[0], attrs[0]);
5625     }
5626     for (int i = 0; i < icol; i++) {
5627       grid_put_schar(grid, 0, i+adj[3], chars[1], attrs[1]);
5628     }
5629     if (adj[1]) {
5630       grid_put_schar(grid, 0, icol+adj[3], chars[2], attrs[2]);
5631     }
5632     grid_puts_line_flush(false);
5633   }
5634 
5635   for (int i = 0; i < irow; i++) {
5636     if (adj[3]) {
5637       grid_puts_line_start(grid, i+adj[0]);
5638       grid_put_schar(grid, i+adj[0], 0, chars[7], attrs[7]);
5639       grid_puts_line_flush(false);
5640     }
5641     if (adj[1]) {
5642       int ic = (i == 0 && !adj[0] && chars[2][0]) ? 2 : 3;
5643       grid_puts_line_start(grid, i+adj[0]);
5644       grid_put_schar(grid, i+adj[0], icol+adj[3], chars[ic], attrs[ic]);
5645       grid_puts_line_flush(false);
5646     }
5647   }
5648 
5649   if (adj[2]) {
5650     grid_puts_line_start(grid, irow+adj[0]);
5651     if (adj[3]) {
5652       grid_put_schar(grid, irow+adj[0], 0, chars[6], attrs[6]);
5653     }
5654     for (int i = 0; i < icol; i++) {
5655       int ic = (i == 0 && !adj[3] && chars[6][0]) ? 6 : 5;
5656       grid_put_schar(grid, irow+adj[0], i+adj[3], chars[ic], attrs[ic]);
5657     }
5658     if (adj[1]) {
5659       grid_put_schar(grid, irow+adj[0], icol+adj[3], chars[4], attrs[4]);
5660     }
5661     grid_puts_line_flush(false);
5662   }
5663 }
5664 
5665 // Low-level functions to manipulate individual character cells on the
5666 // screen grid.
5667 
5668 /// Put a ASCII character in a screen cell.
schar_from_ascii(char_u * p,const char c)5669 static void schar_from_ascii(char_u *p, const char c)
5670 {
5671   p[0] = c;
5672   p[1] = 0;
5673 }
5674 
5675 /// Put a unicode character in a screen cell.
schar_from_char(char_u * p,int c)5676 static int schar_from_char(char_u *p, int c)
5677 {
5678   int len = utf_char2bytes(c, p);
5679   p[len] = NUL;
5680   return len;
5681 }
5682 
5683 /// Put a unicode char, and up to MAX_MCO composing chars, in a screen cell.
schar_from_cc(char_u * p,int c,int u8cc[MAX_MCO])5684 static int schar_from_cc(char_u *p, int c, int u8cc[MAX_MCO])
5685 {
5686   int len = utf_char2bytes(c, p);
5687   for (int i = 0; i < MAX_MCO; i++) {
5688     if (u8cc[i] == 0) {
5689       break;
5690     }
5691     len += utf_char2bytes(u8cc[i], p + len);
5692   }
5693   p[len] = 0;
5694   return len;
5695 }
5696 
5697 /// compare the contents of two screen cells.
schar_cmp(char_u * sc1,char_u * sc2)5698 static int schar_cmp(char_u *sc1, char_u *sc2)
5699 {
5700   return STRNCMP(sc1, sc2, sizeof(schar_T));
5701 }
5702 
5703 /// copy the contents of screen cell `sc2` into cell `sc1`
schar_copy(char_u * sc1,char_u * sc2)5704 static void schar_copy(char_u *sc1, char_u *sc2)
5705 {
5706   STRLCPY(sc1, sc2, sizeof(schar_T));
5707 }
5708 
line_off2cells(schar_T * line,size_t off,size_t max_off)5709 static int line_off2cells(schar_T *line, size_t off, size_t max_off)
5710 {
5711   return (off + 1 < max_off && line[off + 1][0] == 0) ? 2 : 1;
5712 }
5713 
5714 /// Return number of display cells for char at grid->chars[off].
5715 /// We make sure that the offset used is less than "max_off".
grid_off2cells(ScreenGrid * grid,size_t off,size_t max_off)5716 static int grid_off2cells(ScreenGrid *grid, size_t off, size_t max_off)
5717 {
5718   return line_off2cells(grid->chars, off, max_off);
5719 }
5720 
5721 /// Return true if the character at "row"/"col" on the screen is the left side
5722 /// of a double-width character.
5723 ///
5724 /// Caller must make sure "row" and "col" are not invalid!
grid_lefthalve(ScreenGrid * grid,int row,int col)5725 bool grid_lefthalve(ScreenGrid *grid, int row, int col)
5726 {
5727   screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row, &col);
5728 
5729   return grid_off2cells(grid, grid->line_offset[row] + col,
5730                         grid->line_offset[row] + grid->Columns) > 1;
5731 }
5732 
5733 /// Correct a position on the screen, if it's the right half of a double-wide
5734 /// char move it to the left half.  Returns the corrected column.
grid_fix_col(ScreenGrid * grid,int col,int row)5735 int grid_fix_col(ScreenGrid *grid, int col, int row)
5736 {
5737   int coloff = 0;
5738   screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row, &coloff);
5739 
5740   col += coloff;
5741   if (grid->chars != NULL && col > 0
5742       && grid->chars[grid->line_offset[row] + col][0] == 0) {
5743     return col - 1 - coloff;
5744   }
5745   return col - coloff;
5746 }
5747 
5748 /// output a single character directly to the grid
grid_putchar(ScreenGrid * grid,int c,int row,int col,int attr)5749 void grid_putchar(ScreenGrid *grid, int c, int row, int col, int attr)
5750 {
5751   char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
5752 
5753   buf[utf_char2bytes(c, buf)] = NUL;
5754   grid_puts(grid, buf, row, col, attr);
5755 }
5756 
5757 /// get a single character directly from grid.chars into "bytes[]".
5758 /// Also return its attribute in *attrp;
grid_getbytes(ScreenGrid * grid,int row,int col,char_u * bytes,int * attrp)5759 void grid_getbytes(ScreenGrid *grid, int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp)
5760 {
5761   unsigned off;
5762 
5763   screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row, &col);
5764 
5765   // safety check
5766   if (grid->chars != NULL && row < grid->Rows && col < grid->Columns) {
5767     off = grid->line_offset[row] + col;
5768     *attrp = grid->attrs[off];
5769     schar_copy(bytes, grid->chars[off]);
5770   }
5771 }
5772 
5773 
5774 /// put string '*text' on the window grid at position 'row' and 'col', with
5775 /// attributes 'attr', and update chars[] and attrs[].
5776 /// Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at grid boundary!
5777 /// Note: if grid, row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
grid_puts(ScreenGrid * grid,char_u * text,int row,int col,int attr)5778 void grid_puts(ScreenGrid *grid, char_u *text, int row, int col, int attr)
5779 {
5780   grid_puts_len(grid, text, -1, row, col, attr);
5781 }
5782 
5783 static ScreenGrid *put_dirty_grid = NULL;
5784 static int put_dirty_row = -1;
5785 static int put_dirty_first = INT_MAX;
5786 static int put_dirty_last = 0;
5787 
5788 /// Start a group of grid_puts_len calls that builds a single grid line.
5789 ///
5790 /// Must be matched with a grid_puts_line_flush call before moving to
5791 /// another line.
grid_puts_line_start(ScreenGrid * grid,int row)5792 void grid_puts_line_start(ScreenGrid *grid, int row)
5793 {
5794   int col = 0;  // unused
5795   screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row, &col);
5796   assert(put_dirty_row == -1);
5797   put_dirty_row = row;
5798   put_dirty_grid = grid;
5799 }
5800 
grid_put_schar(ScreenGrid * grid,int row,int col,char_u * schar,int attr)5801 void grid_put_schar(ScreenGrid *grid, int row, int col, char_u *schar, int attr)
5802 {
5803   assert(put_dirty_row == row);
5804   unsigned int off = grid->line_offset[row] + col;
5805   if (grid->attrs[off] != attr || schar_cmp(grid->chars[off], schar)) {
5806     schar_copy(grid->chars[off], schar);
5807     grid->attrs[off] = attr;
5808 
5809     put_dirty_first = MIN(put_dirty_first, col);
5810     // TODO(bfredl): Y U NO DOUBLEWIDTH?
5811     put_dirty_last = MAX(put_dirty_last, col+1);
5812   }
5813 }
5814 
5815 /// like grid_puts(), but output "text[len]".  When "len" is -1 output up to
5816 /// a NUL.
grid_puts_len(ScreenGrid * grid,char_u * text,int textlen,int row,int col,int attr)5817 void grid_puts_len(ScreenGrid *grid, char_u *text, int textlen, int row, int col, int attr)
5818 {
5819   unsigned off;
5820   char_u *ptr = text;
5821   int len = textlen;
5822   int c;
5823   unsigned max_off;
5824   int mbyte_blen = 1;
5825   int mbyte_cells = 1;
5826   int u8c = 0;
5827   int u8cc[MAX_MCO];
5828   int clear_next_cell = FALSE;
5829   int prev_c = 0;                       // previous Arabic character
5830   int pc, nc, nc1;
5831   int pcc[MAX_MCO];
5832   int need_redraw;
5833   bool do_flush = false;
5834 
5835   screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row, &col);
5836 
5837   // Safety check. The check for negative row and column is to fix issue
5838   // vim/vim#4102. TODO(neovim): find out why row/col could be negative.
5839   if (grid->chars == NULL
5840       || row >= grid->Rows || row < 0
5841       || col >= grid->Columns || col < 0) {
5842     return;
5843   }
5844 
5845   if (put_dirty_row == -1) {
5846     grid_puts_line_start(grid, row);
5847     do_flush = true;
5848   } else {
5849     if (grid != put_dirty_grid || row != put_dirty_row) {
5850       abort();
5851     }
5852   }
5853   off = grid->line_offset[row] + col;
5854 
5855   /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the
5856    * left halve.  Only needed in a terminal. */
5857   if (grid != &default_grid && col == 0 && grid_invalid_row(grid, row)) {
5858     // redraw the previous cell, make it empty
5859     put_dirty_first = -1;
5860     put_dirty_last = MAX(put_dirty_last, 1);
5861   }
5862 
5863   max_off = grid->line_offset[row] + grid->Columns;
5864   while (col < grid->Columns
5865          && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)
5866          && *ptr != NUL) {
5867     c = *ptr;
5868     // check if this is the first byte of a multibyte
5869     if (len > 0) {
5870       mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
5871     } else {
5872       mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len(ptr);
5873     }
5874     if (len >= 0) {
5875       u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
5876     } else {
5877       u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
5878     }
5879     mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
5880     if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && arabic_char(u8c)) {
5881       // Do Arabic shaping.
5882       if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) {
5883         // Past end of string to be displayed.
5884         nc = NUL;
5885         nc1 = NUL;
5886       } else {
5887         nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc,
5888                                (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen));
5889         nc1 = pcc[0];
5890       }
5891       pc = prev_c;
5892       prev_c = u8c;
5893       u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc);
5894     } else {
5895       prev_c = u8c;
5896     }
5897     if (col + mbyte_cells > grid->Columns) {
5898       // Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells:
5899       // display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */
5900       c = '>';
5901       mbyte_cells = 1;
5902     }
5903 
5904     schar_T buf;
5905     schar_from_cc(buf, u8c, u8cc);
5906 
5907 
5908     need_redraw = schar_cmp(grid->chars[off], buf)
5909                   || (mbyte_cells == 2 && grid->chars[off + 1][0] != 0)
5910                   || grid->attrs[off] != attr
5911                   || exmode_active;
5912 
5913     if (need_redraw) {
5914       // When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
5915       // character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
5916       // cell.  Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
5917       // with the right halve of a two-cell char.  Do this only once
5918       // (utf8_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve).
5919       if (clear_next_cell) {
5920         clear_next_cell = false;
5921       } else if ((len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
5922                           : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
5923                  && ((mbyte_cells == 1
5924                       && grid_off2cells(grid, off, max_off) > 1)
5925                      || (mbyte_cells == 2
5926                          && grid_off2cells(grid, off, max_off) == 1
5927                          && grid_off2cells(grid, off + 1, max_off) > 1))) {
5928         clear_next_cell = true;
5929       }
5930 
5931       schar_copy(grid->chars[off], buf);
5932       grid->attrs[off] = attr;
5933       if (mbyte_cells == 2) {
5934         grid->chars[off + 1][0] = 0;
5935         grid->attrs[off + 1] = attr;
5936       }
5937       put_dirty_first = MIN(put_dirty_first, col);
5938       put_dirty_last = MAX(put_dirty_last, col+mbyte_cells);
5939     }
5940 
5941     off += mbyte_cells;
5942     col += mbyte_cells;
5943     ptr += mbyte_blen;
5944     if (clear_next_cell) {
5945       // This only happens at the end, display one space next.
5946       ptr = (char_u *)" ";
5947       len = -1;
5948     }
5949   }
5950 
5951   if (do_flush) {
5952     grid_puts_line_flush(true);
5953   }
5954 }
5955 
5956 /// End a group of grid_puts_len calls and send the screen buffer to the UI
5957 /// layer.
5958 ///
5959 /// @param set_cursor Move the visible cursor to the end of the changed region.
5960 ///                   This is a workaround for not yet refactored code paths
5961 ///                   and shouldn't be used in new code.
grid_puts_line_flush(bool set_cursor)5962 void grid_puts_line_flush(bool set_cursor)
5963 {
5964   assert(put_dirty_row != -1);
5965   if (put_dirty_first < put_dirty_last) {
5966     if (set_cursor) {
5967       ui_grid_cursor_goto(put_dirty_grid->handle, put_dirty_row,
5968                           MIN(put_dirty_last, put_dirty_grid->Columns-1));
5969     }
5970     if (!put_dirty_grid->throttled) {
5971       ui_line(put_dirty_grid, put_dirty_row, put_dirty_first, put_dirty_last,
5972               put_dirty_last, 0, false);
5973     } else if (put_dirty_grid->dirty_col) {
5974       if (put_dirty_last > put_dirty_grid->dirty_col[put_dirty_row]) {
5975         put_dirty_grid->dirty_col[put_dirty_row] = put_dirty_last;
5976       }
5977     }
5978     put_dirty_first = INT_MAX;
5979     put_dirty_last = 0;
5980   }
5981   put_dirty_row = -1;
5982   put_dirty_grid = NULL;
5983 }
5984 
5985 /*
5986  * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
5987  */
start_search_hl(void)5988 static void start_search_hl(void)
5989 {
5990   if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) {
5991     end_search_hl();  // just in case it wasn't called before
5992     last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
5993     // Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'.
5994     search_hl.tm = profile_setlimit(p_rdt);
5995   }
5996 }
5997 
5998 /*
5999  * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6000  */
end_search_hl(void)6001 static void end_search_hl(void)
6002 {
6003   if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) {
6004     vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog);
6005     search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
6006   }
6007 }
6008 
6009 
6010 /*
6011  * Init for calling prepare_search_hl().
6012  */
init_search_hl(win_T * wp)6013 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp)
6014   FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ALL
6015 {
6016   // Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting.  Disable any previous
6017   // match
6018   matchitem_T *cur = wp->w_match_head;
6019   while (cur != NULL) {
6020     cur->hl.rm = cur->match;
6021     if (cur->hlg_id == 0) {
6022       cur->hl.attr = 0;
6023     } else {
6024       cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id);
6025     }
6026     cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer;
6027     cur->hl.lnum = 0;
6028     cur->hl.first_lnum = 0;
6029     // Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'.
6030     cur->hl.tm = profile_setlimit(p_rdt);
6031     cur = cur->next;
6032   }
6033   search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer;
6034   search_hl.lnum = 0;
6035   search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
6036   search_hl.attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_L);
6037 
6038   // time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows
6039 }
6040 
6041 /*
6042  * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
6043  */
prepare_search_hl(win_T * wp,linenr_T lnum)6044 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)
6045   FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ALL
6046 {
6047   matchitem_T *cur;             // points to the match list
6048   match_T *shl;             // points to search_hl or a match
6049   bool shl_flag;                // flag to indicate whether search_hl
6050                                 // has been processed or not
6051 
6052   // When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
6053   // of the window or just after a closed fold.
6054   // Do this both for search_hl and the match list.
6055   cur = wp->w_match_head;
6056   shl_flag = false;
6057   while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == false) {
6058     if (shl_flag == false) {
6059       shl = &search_hl;
6060       shl_flag = true;
6061     } else {
6062       shl = &cur->hl;  // -V595
6063     }
6064     if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6065         && shl->lnum == 0
6066         && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) {
6067       if (shl->first_lnum == 0) {
6068         for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
6069              shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline;
6070              shl->first_lnum--) {
6071           if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, NULL, NULL, true, NULL)) {
6072             break;
6073           }
6074         }
6075       }
6076       if (cur != NULL) {
6077         cur->pos.cur = 0;
6078       }
6079       bool pos_inprogress = true;  // mark that a position match search is
6080                                    // in progress
6081       int n = 0;
6082       while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6083                                         || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) {
6084         next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n,
6085                        shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur);
6086         pos_inprogress = !(cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0);
6087         if (shl->lnum != 0) {
6088           shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
6089                             + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
6090                             - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6091           n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6092         } else {
6093           ++shl->first_lnum;
6094           n = 0;
6095         }
6096       }
6097     }
6098     if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) {
6099       cur = cur->next;
6100     }
6101   }
6102 }
6103 
6104 /// Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match.
6105 /// Uses shl->buf.
6106 /// Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
6107 /// Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6108 /// shl->lnum is zero.
6109 /// Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6110 ///
6111 /// @param shl     points to search_hl or a match
6112 /// @param mincol  minimal column for a match
6113 /// @param cur     to retrieve match positions if any
next_search_hl(win_T * win,match_T * shl,linenr_T lnum,colnr_T mincol,matchitem_T * cur)6114 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol,
6115                            matchitem_T *cur)
6116   FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ARG(2)
6117 {
6118   linenr_T l;
6119   colnr_T matchcol;
6120   long nmatched = 0;
6121   int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
6122 
6123   // for :{range}s/pat only highlight inside the range
6124   if (lnum < search_first_line || lnum > search_last_line) {
6125     shl->lnum = 0;
6126     return;
6127   }
6128 
6129   if (shl->lnum != 0) {
6130     // Check for three situations:
6131     // 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6132     // 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6133     // 3. Continue after the previous match.
6134     l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6135     if (lnum > l) {
6136       shl->lnum = 0;
6137     } else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) {
6138       return;
6139     }
6140   }
6141 
6142   /*
6143    * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6144    * or none is found in this line.
6145    */
6146   called_emsg = FALSE;
6147   for (;;) {
6148     // Stop searching after passing the time limit.
6149     if (profile_passed_limit(shl->tm)) {
6150       shl->lnum = 0;                    // no match found in time
6151       break;
6152     }
6153     // Three situations:
6154     // 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6155     // 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6156     //    Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6157     // 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6158     if (shl->lnum == 0) {
6159       matchcol = 0;
6160     } else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6161                || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6162                    && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) {
6163       char_u *ml;
6164 
6165       matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
6166       ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, false) + matchcol;
6167       if (*ml == NUL) {
6168         ++matchcol;
6169         shl->lnum = 0;
6170         break;
6171       }
6172       matchcol += utfc_ptr2len(ml);
6173     } else {
6174       matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6175     }
6176 
6177     shl->lnum = lnum;
6178     if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) {
6179       // Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in
6180       // cur->match.
6181       bool regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl
6182                               && cur != NULL
6183                               && shl == &cur->hl
6184                               && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog);
6185       int timed_out = false;
6186 
6187       nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol,
6188                                    &(shl->tm), &timed_out);
6189       // Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled.
6190       if (regprog_is_copy) {
6191         cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog;
6192       }
6193       if (called_emsg || got_int || timed_out) {
6194         // Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp.
6195         if (shl == &search_hl) {
6196           // don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy
6197           vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog);
6198           set_no_hlsearch(true);
6199         }
6200         shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6201         shl->lnum = 0;
6202         got_int = FALSE;  // avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message
6203         break;
6204       }
6205     } else if (cur != NULL) {
6206       nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol);
6207     }
6208     if (nmatched == 0) {
6209       shl->lnum = 0;                    // no match found
6210       break;
6211     }
6212     if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6213         || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6214         || nmatched > 1
6215         || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) {
6216       shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6217       break;                            // useful match found
6218     }
6219 
6220     // Restore called_emsg for assert_fails().
6221     called_emsg = save_called_emsg;
6222   }
6223 }
6224 
6225 /// @param shl       points to a match. Fill on match.
6226 /// @param posmatch  match positions
6227 /// @param mincol    minimal column for a match
6228 ///
6229 /// @return one on match, otherwise return zero.
next_search_hl_pos(match_T * shl,linenr_T lnum,posmatch_T * posmatch,colnr_T mincol)6230 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *posmatch, colnr_T mincol)
6231   FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ALL
6232 {
6233   int i;
6234   int found = -1;
6235 
6236   shl->lnum = 0;
6237   for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) {
6238     llpos_T *pos = &posmatch->pos[i];
6239 
6240     if (pos->lnum == 0) {
6241       break;
6242     }
6243     if (pos->len == 0 && pos->col < mincol) {
6244       continue;
6245     }
6246     if (pos->lnum == lnum) {
6247       if (found >= 0) {
6248         // if this match comes before the one at "found" then swap
6249         // them
6250         if (pos->col < posmatch->pos[found].col) {
6251           llpos_T tmp = *pos;
6252 
6253           *pos = posmatch->pos[found];
6254           posmatch->pos[found] = tmp;
6255         }
6256       } else {
6257         found = i;
6258       }
6259     }
6260   }
6261   posmatch->cur = 0;
6262   if (found >= 0) {
6263     colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0
6264                     ? 0: posmatch->pos[found].col - 1;
6265     colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0
6266                   ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[found].len;
6267 
6268     shl->lnum = lnum;
6269     shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0;
6270     shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start;
6271     shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0;
6272     shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end;
6273     shl->is_addpos = true;
6274     posmatch->cur = found + 1;
6275     return 1;
6276   }
6277   return 0;
6278 }
6279 
6280 
6281 /// Fill the grid from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
6282 /// with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
6283 /// Use attributes 'attr'.
grid_fill(ScreenGrid * grid,int start_row,int end_row,int start_col,int end_col,int c1,int c2,int attr)6284 void grid_fill(ScreenGrid *grid, int start_row, int end_row, int start_col, int end_col, int c1,
6285                int c2, int attr)
6286 {
6287   schar_T sc;
6288 
6289   int row_off = 0, col_off = 0;
6290   screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row_off, &col_off);
6291   start_row += row_off;
6292   end_row += row_off;
6293   start_col += col_off;
6294   end_col += col_off;
6295 
6296   // safety check
6297   if (end_row > grid->Rows) {
6298     end_row = grid->Rows;
6299   }
6300   if (end_col > grid->Columns) {
6301     end_col = grid->Columns;
6302   }
6303 
6304   // nothing to do
6305   if (start_row >= end_row || start_col >= end_col) {
6306     return;
6307   }
6308 
6309   for (int row = start_row; row < end_row; row++) {
6310     // When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear
6311     // out the left halve.  When drawing over the left halve of a
6312     // double wide-char clear out the right halve.  Only needed in a
6313     // terminal.
6314     if (start_col > 0 && grid_fix_col(grid, start_col, row) != start_col) {
6315       grid_puts_len(grid, (char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0);
6316     }
6317     if (end_col < grid->Columns
6318         && grid_fix_col(grid, end_col, row) != end_col) {
6319       grid_puts_len(grid, (char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0);
6320     }
6321 
6322     // if grid was resized (in ext_multigrid mode), the UI has no redraw updates
6323     // for the newly resized grid. It is better mark everything as dirty and
6324     // send all the updates.
6325     int dirty_first = INT_MAX;
6326     int dirty_last = 0;
6327 
6328     int col = start_col;
6329     schar_from_char(sc, c1);
6330     int lineoff = grid->line_offset[row];
6331     for (col = start_col; col < end_col; col++) {
6332       int off = lineoff + col;
6333       if (schar_cmp(grid->chars[off], sc)
6334           || grid->attrs[off] != attr) {
6335         schar_copy(grid->chars[off], sc);
6336         grid->attrs[off] = attr;
6337         if (dirty_first == INT_MAX) {
6338           dirty_first = col;
6339         }
6340         dirty_last = col+1;
6341       }
6342       if (col == start_col) {
6343         schar_from_char(sc, c2);
6344       }
6345     }
6346     if (dirty_last > dirty_first) {
6347       // TODO(bfredl): support a cleared suffix even with a batched line?
6348       if (put_dirty_row == row) {
6349         put_dirty_first = MIN(put_dirty_first, dirty_first);
6350         put_dirty_last = MAX(put_dirty_last, dirty_last);
6351       } else if (grid->throttled) {
6352         // Note: assumes msg_grid is the only throttled grid
6353         assert(grid == &msg_grid);
6354         int dirty = 0;
6355         if (attr != HL_ATTR(HLF_MSG) || c2 != ' ') {
6356           dirty = dirty_last;
6357         } else if (c1 != ' ') {
6358           dirty = dirty_first + 1;
6359         }
6360         if (grid->dirty_col && dirty > grid->dirty_col[row]) {
6361           grid->dirty_col[row] = dirty;
6362         }
6363       } else {
6364         int last = c2 != ' ' ? dirty_last : dirty_first + (c1 != ' ');
6365         ui_line(grid, row, dirty_first, last, dirty_last, attr, false);
6366       }
6367     }
6368 
6369     if (end_col == grid->Columns) {
6370       grid->line_wraps[row] = false;
6371     }
6372   }
6373 }
6374 
6375 /// Check if there should be a delay.  Used before clearing or redrawing the
6376 /// screen or the command line.
check_for_delay(bool check_msg_scroll)6377 void check_for_delay(bool check_msg_scroll)
6378 {
6379   if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
6380       && !did_wait_return
6381       && emsg_silent == 0) {
6382     ui_flush();
6383     os_delay(1006L, true);
6384     emsg_on_display = false;
6385     if (check_msg_scroll) {
6386       msg_scroll = false;
6387     }
6388   }
6389 }
6390 
6391 /// (Re)allocates a window grid if size changed while in ext_multigrid mode.
6392 /// Updates size, offsets and handle for the grid regardless.
6393 ///
6394 /// If "doclear" is true, don't try to copy from the old grid rather clear the
6395 /// resized grid.
win_grid_alloc(win_T * wp)6396 void win_grid_alloc(win_T *wp)
6397 {
6398   ScreenGrid *grid = &wp->w_grid;
6399   ScreenGrid *grid_allocated = &wp->w_grid_alloc;
6400 
6401   int rows = wp->w_height_inner;
6402   int cols = wp->w_width_inner;
6403   int total_rows = wp->w_height_outer;
6404   int total_cols = wp->w_width_outer;
6405 
6406   bool want_allocation = ui_has(kUIMultigrid) || wp->w_floating;
6407   bool has_allocation = (grid_allocated->chars != NULL);
6408 
6409   if (grid->Rows != rows) {
6410     wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
6411     xfree(wp->w_lines);
6412     wp->w_lines = xcalloc(rows+1, sizeof(wline_T));
6413   }
6414 
6415   int was_resized = false;
6416   if (want_allocation && (!has_allocation
6417                           || grid_allocated->Rows != total_rows
6418                           || grid_allocated->Columns != total_cols)) {
6419     grid_alloc(grid_allocated, total_rows, total_cols,
6420                wp->w_grid_alloc.valid, false);
6421     grid_allocated->valid = true;
6422     if (wp->w_floating && wp->w_float_config.border) {
6423       wp->w_redr_border = true;
6424     }
6425     was_resized = true;
6426   } else if (!want_allocation && has_allocation) {
6427     // Single grid mode, all rendering will be redirected to default_grid.
6428     // Only keep track of the size and offset of the window.
6429     grid_free(grid_allocated);
6430     grid_allocated->valid = false;
6431     was_resized = true;
6432   } else if (want_allocation && has_allocation && !wp->w_grid_alloc.valid) {
6433     grid_invalidate(grid_allocated);
6434     grid_allocated->valid = true;
6435   }
6436 
6437   grid->Rows = rows;
6438   grid->Columns = cols;
6439 
6440   if (want_allocation) {
6441     grid->target = grid_allocated;
6442     grid->row_offset = wp->w_border_adj[0];
6443     grid->col_offset = wp->w_border_adj[3];
6444   } else {
6445     grid->target = &default_grid;
6446     grid->row_offset = wp->w_winrow;
6447     grid->col_offset = wp->w_wincol;
6448   }
6449 
6450   // send grid resize event if:
6451   // - a grid was just resized
6452   // - screen_resize was called and all grid sizes must be sent
6453   // - the UI wants multigrid event (necessary)
6454   if ((send_grid_resize || was_resized) && want_allocation) {
6455     ui_call_grid_resize(grid_allocated->handle,
6456                         grid_allocated->Columns, grid_allocated->Rows);
6457   }
6458 }
6459 
6460 /// assign a handle to the grid. The grid need not be allocated.
grid_assign_handle(ScreenGrid * grid)6461 void grid_assign_handle(ScreenGrid *grid)
6462 {
6463   static int last_grid_handle = DEFAULT_GRID_HANDLE;
6464 
6465   // only assign a grid handle if not already
6466   if (grid->handle == 0) {
6467     grid->handle = ++last_grid_handle;
6468   }
6469 }
6470 
6471 /// Resize the screen to Rows and Columns.
6472 ///
6473 /// Allocate default_grid.chars[] and other grid arrays.
6474 ///
6475 /// There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
6476 /// default_grid arrays.  This happens when starting up and when
6477 /// (manually) changing the shell size.  Always use default_grid.Rows and
6478 /// default_grid.Columns to access items in default_grid.chars[].  Use Rows
6479 /// and Columns for positioning text etc. where the final size of the shell is
6480 /// needed.
screenalloc(void)6481 void screenalloc(void)
6482 {
6483   // It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
6484   // will cause this function to be called again.  To break the loop, just
6485   // return here.
6486   if (resizing) {
6487     return;
6488   }
6489   resizing = true;
6490 
6491   int retry_count = 0;
6492 
6493 retry:
6494   // Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
6495   // when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
6496   // screen stuff.
6497   if ((default_grid.chars != NULL
6498        && Rows == default_grid.Rows
6499        && Columns == default_grid.Columns
6500        )
6501       || Rows == 0
6502       || Columns == 0
6503       || (!full_screen && default_grid.chars == NULL)) {
6504     resizing = false;
6505     return;
6506   }
6507 
6508   /*
6509    * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays,
6510    * thus we must not redraw here!
6511    */
6512   ++RedrawingDisabled;
6513 
6514   // win_new_shellsize will recompute floats position, but tell the
6515   // compositor to not redraw them yet
6516   ui_comp_set_screen_valid(false);
6517   if (msg_grid.chars) {
6518     msg_grid_invalid = true;
6519   }
6520 
6521   win_new_shellsize();      // fit the windows in the new sized shell
6522 
6523   comp_col();           // recompute columns for shown command and ruler
6524 
6525   // We're changing the size of the screen.
6526   // - Allocate new arrays for default_grid
6527   // - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
6528   //   lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
6529   // - Free the old arrays.
6530   //
6531   // If anything fails, make grid arrays NULL, so we don't do anything!
6532   // Continuing with the old arrays may result in a crash, because the
6533   // size is wrong.
6534 
6535   grid_alloc(&default_grid, Rows, Columns, true, true);
6536   StlClickDefinition *new_tab_page_click_defs =
6537     xcalloc((size_t)Columns, sizeof(*new_tab_page_click_defs));
6538 
6539   clear_tab_page_click_defs(tab_page_click_defs, tab_page_click_defs_size);
6540   xfree(tab_page_click_defs);
6541 
6542   tab_page_click_defs = new_tab_page_click_defs;
6543   tab_page_click_defs_size = Columns;
6544 
6545   default_grid.comp_height = Rows;
6546   default_grid.comp_width = Columns;
6547 
6548   default_grid.row_offset = 0;
6549   default_grid.col_offset = 0;
6550   default_grid.handle = DEFAULT_GRID_HANDLE;
6551 
6552   must_redraw = CLEAR;  // need to clear the screen later
6553 
6554   RedrawingDisabled--;
6555 
6556   /*
6557    * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop
6558    * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns.
6559    */
6560   if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) {
6561     apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, false, curbuf);
6562     // In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns,
6563     // jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again.
6564     goto retry;
6565   }
6566 
6567   resizing = false;
6568 }
6569 
grid_alloc(ScreenGrid * grid,int rows,int columns,bool copy,bool valid)6570 void grid_alloc(ScreenGrid *grid, int rows, int columns, bool copy, bool valid)
6571 {
6572   int new_row;
6573   ScreenGrid new = *grid;
6574   assert(rows >= 0 && columns >= 0);
6575   size_t ncells = (size_t)rows * columns;
6576   new.chars = xmalloc(ncells * sizeof(schar_T));
6577   new.attrs = xmalloc(ncells * sizeof(sattr_T));
6578   new.line_offset = xmalloc((size_t)(rows * sizeof(unsigned)));
6579   new.line_wraps = xmalloc((size_t)(rows * sizeof(char_u)));
6580 
6581   new.Rows = rows;
6582   new.Columns = columns;
6583 
6584   for (new_row = 0; new_row < new.Rows; new_row++) {
6585     new.line_offset[new_row] = new_row * new.Columns;
6586     new.line_wraps[new_row] = false;
6587 
6588     grid_clear_line(&new, new.line_offset[new_row], columns, valid);
6589 
6590     if (copy) {
6591       // If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
6592       // possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
6593       // (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
6594       // executing an external command, for the GUI).
6595       if (new_row < grid->Rows && grid->chars != NULL) {
6596         int len = MIN(grid->Columns, new.Columns);
6597         memmove(new.chars + new.line_offset[new_row],
6598                 grid->chars + grid->line_offset[new_row],
6599                 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
6600         memmove(new.attrs + new.line_offset[new_row],
6601                 grid->attrs + grid->line_offset[new_row],
6602                 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
6603       }
6604     }
6605   }
6606   grid_free(grid);
6607   *grid = new;
6608 
6609   // Share a single scratch buffer for all grids, by
6610   // ensuring it is as wide as the widest grid.
6611   if (linebuf_size < (size_t)columns) {
6612     xfree(linebuf_char);
6613     xfree(linebuf_attr);
6614     linebuf_char = xmalloc(columns * sizeof(schar_T));
6615     linebuf_attr = xmalloc(columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
6616     linebuf_size = columns;
6617   }
6618 }
6619 
grid_free(ScreenGrid * grid)6620 void grid_free(ScreenGrid *grid)
6621 {
6622   xfree(grid->chars);
6623   xfree(grid->attrs);
6624   xfree(grid->line_offset);
6625   xfree(grid->line_wraps);
6626 
6627   grid->chars = NULL;
6628   grid->attrs = NULL;
6629   grid->line_offset = NULL;
6630   grid->line_wraps = NULL;
6631 }
6632 
6633 /// Doesn't allow reinit, so must only be called by free_all_mem!
screen_free_all_mem(void)6634 void screen_free_all_mem(void)
6635 {
6636   grid_free(&default_grid);
6637   xfree(linebuf_char);
6638   xfree(linebuf_attr);
6639 }
6640 
6641 /// Clear tab_page_click_defs table
6642 ///
6643 /// @param[out]  tpcd  Table to clear.
6644 /// @param[in]  tpcd_size  Size of the table.
clear_tab_page_click_defs(StlClickDefinition * const tpcd,const long tpcd_size)6645 void clear_tab_page_click_defs(StlClickDefinition *const tpcd, const long tpcd_size)
6646 {
6647   if (tpcd != NULL) {
6648     for (long i = 0; i < tpcd_size; i++) {
6649       if (i == 0 || tpcd[i].func != tpcd[i - 1].func) {
6650         xfree(tpcd[i].func);
6651       }
6652     }
6653     memset(tpcd, 0, (size_t)tpcd_size * sizeof(tpcd[0]));
6654   }
6655 }
6656 
screenclear(void)6657 void screenclear(void)
6658 {
6659   check_for_delay(false);
6660   screenalloc();  // allocate screen buffers if size changed
6661 
6662   int i;
6663 
6664   if (starting == NO_SCREEN || default_grid.chars == NULL) {
6665     return;
6666   }
6667 
6668   // blank out the default grid
6669   for (i = 0; i < default_grid.Rows; i++) {
6670     grid_clear_line(&default_grid, default_grid.line_offset[i],
6671                     default_grid.Columns, true);
6672     default_grid.line_wraps[i] = false;
6673   }
6674 
6675   ui_call_grid_clear(1);  // clear the display
6676   ui_comp_set_screen_valid(true);
6677 
6678   clear_cmdline = false;
6679   mode_displayed = false;
6680 
6681   redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
6682   redraw_cmdline = true;
6683   redraw_tabline = true;
6684   redraw_popupmenu = true;
6685   pum_invalidate();
6686   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
6687     if (wp->w_floating) {
6688       wp->w_redr_type = CLEAR;
6689     }
6690   }
6691   if (must_redraw == CLEAR) {
6692     must_redraw = NOT_VALID;  // no need to clear again
6693   }
6694   compute_cmdrow();
6695   msg_row = cmdline_row;  // put cursor on last line for messages
6696   msg_col = 0;
6697   msg_scrolled = 0;  // can't scroll back
6698   msg_didany = false;
6699   msg_didout = false;
6700   if (HL_ATTR(HLF_MSG) > 0 && msg_use_grid() && msg_grid.chars) {
6701     grid_invalidate(&msg_grid);
6702     msg_grid_validate();
6703     msg_grid_invalid = false;
6704     clear_cmdline = true;
6705   }
6706 }
6707 
6708 /// clear a line in the grid starting at "off" until "width" characters
6709 /// are cleared.
grid_clear_line(ScreenGrid * grid,unsigned off,int width,bool valid)6710 void grid_clear_line(ScreenGrid *grid, unsigned off, int width, bool valid)
6711 {
6712   for (int col = 0; col < width; col++) {
6713     schar_from_ascii(grid->chars[off + col], ' ');
6714   }
6715   int fill = valid ? 0 : -1;
6716   (void)memset(grid->attrs + off, fill, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
6717 }
6718 
grid_invalidate(ScreenGrid * grid)6719 void grid_invalidate(ScreenGrid *grid)
6720 {
6721   (void)memset(grid->attrs, -1, grid->Rows * grid->Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
6722 }
6723 
grid_invalid_row(ScreenGrid * grid,int row)6724 bool grid_invalid_row(ScreenGrid *grid, int row)
6725 {
6726   return grid->attrs[grid->line_offset[row]] < 0;
6727 }
6728 
6729 
6730 /// Copy part of a grid line for vertically split window.
linecopy(ScreenGrid * grid,int to,int from,int col,int width)6731 static void linecopy(ScreenGrid *grid, int to, int from, int col, int width)
6732 {
6733   unsigned off_to = grid->line_offset[to] + col;
6734   unsigned off_from = grid->line_offset[from] + col;
6735 
6736   memmove(grid->chars + off_to, grid->chars + off_from,
6737           width * sizeof(schar_T));
6738   memmove(grid->attrs + off_to, grid->attrs + off_from,
6739           width * sizeof(sattr_T));
6740 }
6741 
6742 /*
6743  * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
6744  */
setcursor(void)6745 void setcursor(void)
6746 {
6747   if (redrawing()) {
6748     validate_cursor();
6749 
6750     ScreenGrid *grid = &curwin->w_grid;
6751     int row = curwin->w_wrow;
6752     int col = curwin->w_wcol;
6753     if (curwin->w_p_rl) {
6754       // With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide character,
6755       // position it on the leftmost column.
6756       col = curwin->w_width_inner - curwin->w_wcol
6757             - ((utf_ptr2cells(get_cursor_pos_ptr()) == 2
6758                 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 1);
6759     }
6760 
6761     screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row, &col);
6762     ui_grid_cursor_goto(grid->handle, row, col);
6763   }
6764 }
6765 
6766 /// Scroll 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'.
6767 ///
6768 /// Positive `line_count' means scrolling down, so that more space is available
6769 /// at 'row'. Negative `line_count` implies deleting lines at `row`.
win_scroll_lines(win_T * wp,int row,int line_count)6770 void win_scroll_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count)
6771 {
6772   if (!redrawing() || line_count == 0) {
6773     return;
6774   }
6775 
6776   // No lines are being moved, just draw over the entire area
6777   if (row + abs(line_count) >= wp->w_grid.Rows) {
6778     return;
6779   }
6780 
6781   if (line_count < 0) {
6782     grid_del_lines(&wp->w_grid, row, -line_count,
6783                    wp->w_grid.Rows, 0, wp->w_grid.Columns);
6784   } else {
6785     grid_ins_lines(&wp->w_grid, row, line_count,
6786                    wp->w_grid.Rows, 0, wp->w_grid.Columns);
6787   }
6788 }
6789 
6790 /*
6791  * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
6792  * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
6793  * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
6794  * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
6795  * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
6796  * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
6797  * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
6798  */
6799 
6800 
6801 /// insert lines on the screen and move the existing lines down
6802 /// 'line_count' is the number of lines to be inserted.
6803 /// 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
6804 /// 'col' is the column from with we start inserting.
6805 //
6806 /// 'row', 'col' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
grid_ins_lines(ScreenGrid * grid,int row,int line_count,int end,int col,int width)6807 void grid_ins_lines(ScreenGrid *grid, int row, int line_count, int end, int col, int width)
6808 {
6809   int i;
6810   int j;
6811   unsigned temp;
6812 
6813   int row_off = 0;
6814   screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row_off, &col);
6815   row += row_off;
6816   end += row_off;
6817 
6818   if (line_count <= 0) {
6819     return;
6820   }
6821 
6822   // Shift line_offset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
6823   // Clear the inserted lines.
6824   for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) {
6825     if (width != grid->Columns) {
6826       // need to copy part of a line
6827       j = end - 1 - i;
6828       while ((j -= line_count) >= row) {
6829         linecopy(grid, j + line_count, j, col, width);
6830       }
6831       j += line_count;
6832       grid_clear_line(grid, grid->line_offset[j] + col, width, false);
6833       grid->line_wraps[j] = false;
6834     } else {
6835       j = end - 1 - i;
6836       temp = grid->line_offset[j];
6837       while ((j -= line_count) >= row) {
6838         grid->line_offset[j + line_count] = grid->line_offset[j];
6839         grid->line_wraps[j + line_count] = grid->line_wraps[j];
6840       }
6841       grid->line_offset[j + line_count] = temp;
6842       grid->line_wraps[j + line_count] = false;
6843       grid_clear_line(grid, temp, grid->Columns, false);
6844     }
6845   }
6846 
6847   if (!grid->throttled) {
6848     ui_call_grid_scroll(grid->handle, row, end, col, col+width, -line_count, 0);
6849   }
6850 
6851   return;
6852 }
6853 
6854 /// delete lines on the screen and move lines up.
6855 /// 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
6856 /// When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
6857 /// 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
grid_del_lines(ScreenGrid * grid,int row,int line_count,int end,int col,int width)6858 void grid_del_lines(ScreenGrid *grid, int row, int line_count, int end, int col, int width)
6859 {
6860   int j;
6861   int i;
6862   unsigned temp;
6863 
6864   int row_off = 0;
6865   screen_adjust_grid(&grid, &row_off, &col);
6866   row += row_off;
6867   end += row_off;
6868 
6869   if (line_count <= 0) {
6870     return;
6871   }
6872 
6873   // Now shift line_offset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
6874   // Clear the inserted lines.
6875   for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) {
6876     if (width != grid->Columns) {
6877       // need to copy part of a line
6878       j = row + i;
6879       while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) {
6880         linecopy(grid, j - line_count, j, col, width);
6881       }
6882       j -= line_count;
6883       grid_clear_line(grid, grid->line_offset[j] + col, width, false);
6884       grid->line_wraps[j] = false;
6885     } else {
6886       // whole width, moving the line pointers is faster
6887       j = row + i;
6888       temp = grid->line_offset[j];
6889       while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) {
6890         grid->line_offset[j - line_count] = grid->line_offset[j];
6891         grid->line_wraps[j - line_count] = grid->line_wraps[j];
6892       }
6893       grid->line_offset[j - line_count] = temp;
6894       grid->line_wraps[j - line_count] = false;
6895       grid_clear_line(grid, temp, grid->Columns, false);
6896     }
6897   }
6898 
6899   if (!grid->throttled) {
6900     ui_call_grid_scroll(grid->handle, row, end, col, col+width, line_count, 0);
6901   }
6902 
6903   return;
6904 }
6905 
6906 
6907 // Show the current mode and ruler.
6908 //
6909 // If clear_cmdline is true, clear the rest of the cmdline.
6910 // If clear_cmdline is false there may be a message there that needs to be
6911 // cleared only if a mode is shown.
6912 // Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
showmode(void)6913 int showmode(void)
6914 {
6915   int need_clear;
6916   int length = 0;
6917   int do_mode;
6918   int attr;
6919   int sub_attr;
6920 
6921   if (ui_has(kUIMessages) && clear_cmdline) {
6922     msg_ext_clear(true);
6923   }
6924 
6925   // don't make non-flushed message part of the showmode
6926   msg_ext_ui_flush();
6927 
6928   msg_grid_validate();
6929 
6930   do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
6931              && ((State & TERM_FOCUS)
6932                  || (State & INSERT)
6933                  || restart_edit
6934                  || VIsual_active));
6935   if (do_mode || reg_recording != 0) {
6936     // Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
6937     // Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
6938     // it takes a bit of time.
6939     if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) {
6940       redraw_cmdline = true;                    // show mode later
6941       return 0;
6942     }
6943 
6944     bool nwr_save = need_wait_return;
6945 
6946     // wait a bit before overwriting an important message
6947     check_for_delay(false);
6948 
6949     // if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines
6950     need_clear = clear_cmdline;
6951     if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) {
6952       msg_clr_cmdline();  // will reset clear_cmdline
6953     }
6954 
6955     // Position on the last line in the window, column 0
6956     msg_pos_mode();
6957     attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM);                     // Highlight mode
6958 
6959     // When the screen is too narrow to show the entire mode message,
6960     // avoid scrolling and truncate instead.
6961     msg_no_more = true;
6962     int save_lines_left = lines_left;
6963     lines_left = 0;
6964 
6965     if (do_mode) {
6966       msg_puts_attr("--", attr);
6967       // CTRL-X in Insert mode
6968       if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) {
6969         // These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow window.
6970         // Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. With external messages there
6971         // is no imposed limit.
6972         if (ui_has(kUIMessages)) {
6973           length = INT_MAX;
6974         } else {
6975           length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
6976         }
6977         if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) {
6978           length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
6979         }
6980         if (length > 0) {
6981           if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) {
6982             length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
6983           }
6984           if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) {
6985             if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) {
6986               msg_puts_attr((const char *)edit_submode_pre, attr);
6987             }
6988             msg_puts_attr((const char *)edit_submode, attr);
6989           }
6990           if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) {
6991             msg_puts_attr(" ", attr);  // Add a space in between.
6992             if ((int)edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT) {
6993               sub_attr = win_hl_attr(curwin, edit_submode_highl);
6994             } else {
6995               sub_attr = attr;
6996             }
6997             msg_puts_attr((const char *)edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
6998           }
6999         }
7000       } else {
7001         if (State & TERM_FOCUS) {
7002           msg_puts_attr(_(" TERMINAL"), attr);
7003         } else if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
7004           msg_puts_attr(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
7005         } else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) {
7006           msg_puts_attr(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
7007         } else if (State & INSERT) {
7008           if (p_ri) {
7009             msg_puts_attr(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
7010           }
7011           msg_puts_attr(_(" INSERT"), attr);
7012         } else if (restart_edit == 'I' || restart_edit == 'i'
7013                    || restart_edit == 'a') {
7014           msg_puts_attr(_(" (insert)"), attr);
7015         } else if (restart_edit == 'R') {
7016           msg_puts_attr(_(" (replace)"), attr);
7017         } else if (restart_edit == 'V') {
7018           msg_puts_attr(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
7019         }
7020         if (p_hkmap) {
7021           msg_puts_attr(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
7022         }
7023         if (State & LANGMAP) {
7024           if (curwin->w_p_arab) {
7025             msg_puts_attr(_(" Arabic"), attr);
7026           } else if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)",
7027                                     NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) {
7028             msg_puts_attr((char *)NameBuff, attr);
7029           }
7030         }
7031         if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) {
7032           msg_puts_attr(_(" (paste)"), attr);
7033         }
7034 
7035         if (VIsual_active) {
7036           char *p;
7037 
7038           // Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
7039           // problems.
7040           switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
7041                   + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
7042                   + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) {
7043           case 0:
7044             p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
7045           case 1:
7046             p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
7047           case 2:
7048             p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
7049           case 4:
7050             p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
7051           case 5:
7052             p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
7053           default:
7054             p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
7055           }
7056           msg_puts_attr(_(p), attr);
7057         }
7058         msg_puts_attr(" --", attr);
7059       }
7060 
7061       need_clear = TRUE;
7062     }
7063     if (reg_recording != 0
7064         && edit_submode == NULL             // otherwise it gets too long
7065         ) {
7066       recording_mode(attr);
7067       need_clear = true;
7068     }
7069 
7070     mode_displayed = true;
7071     if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) {
7072       msg_clr_eos();
7073     }
7074     msg_didout = false;                 // overwrite this message
7075     length = msg_col;
7076     msg_col = 0;
7077     msg_no_more = false;
7078     lines_left = save_lines_left;
7079     need_wait_return = nwr_save;        // never ask for hit-return for this
7080   } else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) {
7081     // Clear the whole command line.  Will reset "clear_cmdline".
7082     msg_clr_cmdline();
7083   }
7084 
7085   // NB: also handles clearing the showmode if it was empty or disabled
7086   msg_ext_flush_showmode();
7087 
7088   // In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn.
7089   if (VIsual_active) {
7090     clear_showcmd();
7091   }
7092 
7093   // If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
7094   // message and must be redrawn
7095   win_T *last = lastwin_nofloating();
7096   if (redrawing() && last->w_status_height == 0) {
7097     win_redr_ruler(last, true);
7098   }
7099   redraw_cmdline = false;
7100   clear_cmdline = false;
7101 
7102   return length;
7103 }
7104 
7105 /*
7106  * Position for a mode message.
7107  */
msg_pos_mode(void)7108 static void msg_pos_mode(void)
7109 {
7110   msg_col = 0;
7111   msg_row = Rows - 1;
7112 }
7113 
7114 /// Delete mode message.  Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
7115 /// Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
7116 /// Caller should check "mode_displayed".
unshowmode(bool force)7117 void unshowmode(bool force)
7118 {
7119   // Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
7120   if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) {
7121     redraw_cmdline = true;  // delete mode later
7122   } else {
7123     clearmode();
7124   }
7125 }
7126 
7127 // Clear the mode message.
clearmode(void)7128 void clearmode(void)
7129 {
7130   const int save_msg_row = msg_row;
7131   const int save_msg_col = msg_col;
7132 
7133   msg_ext_ui_flush();
7134   msg_pos_mode();
7135   if (reg_recording != 0) {
7136     recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM));
7137   }
7138   msg_clr_eos();
7139   msg_ext_flush_showmode();
7140 
7141   msg_col = save_msg_col;
7142   msg_row = save_msg_row;
7143 }
7144 
recording_mode(int attr)7145 static void recording_mode(int attr)
7146 {
7147   msg_puts_attr(_("recording"), attr);
7148   if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) {
7149     char s[4];
7150     snprintf(s, ARRAY_SIZE(s), " @%c", reg_recording);
7151     msg_puts_attr(s, attr);
7152   }
7153 }
7154 
7155 /*
7156  * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window.
7157  */
draw_tabline(void)7158 void draw_tabline(void)
7159 {
7160   int tabcount = 0;
7161   int tabwidth = 0;
7162   int col = 0;
7163   int scol = 0;
7164   int attr;
7165   win_T *wp;
7166   win_T *cwp;
7167   int wincount;
7168   int modified;
7169   int c;
7170   int len;
7171   int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP);
7172   int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF);
7173   char_u *p;
7174   int room;
7175   int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8
7176                        );
7177 
7178   if (default_grid.chars == NULL) {
7179     return;
7180   }
7181   redraw_tabline = false;
7182 
7183   if (ui_has(kUITabline)) {
7184     ui_ext_tabline_update();
7185     return;
7186   }
7187 
7188   if (tabline_height() < 1) {
7189     return;
7190   }
7191 
7192 
7193   // Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect.
7194   assert(Columns == tab_page_click_defs_size);
7195   clear_tab_page_click_defs(tab_page_click_defs, tab_page_click_defs_size);
7196 
7197   // Use the 'tabline' option if it's set.
7198   if (*p_tal != NUL) {
7199     int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg;
7200 
7201     // Check for an error.  If there is one we would loop in redrawing the
7202     // screen.  Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty.
7203     did_emsg = false;
7204     win_redr_custom(NULL, false);
7205     if (did_emsg) {
7206       set_string_option_direct("tabline", -1,
7207                                (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
7208     }
7209     did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg;
7210   } else {
7211     FOR_ALL_TABS(tp) {
7212       ++tabcount;
7213     }
7214 
7215     if (tabcount > 0) {
7216       tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount;
7217     }
7218 
7219     if (tabwidth < 6) {
7220       tabwidth = 6;
7221     }
7222 
7223     attr = attr_nosel;
7224     tabcount = 0;
7225 
7226     FOR_ALL_TABS(tp) {
7227       if (col >= Columns - 4) {
7228         break;
7229       }
7230 
7231       scol = col;
7232 
7233       if (tp == curtab) {
7234         cwp = curwin;
7235         wp = firstwin;
7236       } else {
7237         cwp = tp->tp_curwin;
7238         wp = tp->tp_firstwin;
7239       }
7240 
7241 
7242       if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) {
7243         attr = win_hl_attr(cwp, HLF_TPS);
7244       }
7245       if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) {
7246         grid_putchar(&default_grid, '|', 0, col++, attr);
7247       }
7248 
7249       if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) {
7250         attr = win_hl_attr(cwp, HLF_TP);
7251       }
7252 
7253       grid_putchar(&default_grid, ' ', 0, col++, attr);
7254 
7255       modified = false;
7256 
7257       for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) {
7258         if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) {
7259           modified = true;
7260         }
7261       }
7262 
7263 
7264       if (modified || wincount > 1) {
7265         if (wincount > 1) {
7266           vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount);
7267           len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
7268           if (col + len >= Columns - 3) {
7269             break;
7270           }
7271           grid_puts_len(&default_grid, NameBuff, len, 0, col,
7272                         hl_combine_attr(attr, win_hl_attr(cwp, HLF_T)));
7273           col += len;
7274         }
7275         if (modified) {
7276           grid_puts_len(&default_grid, (char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr);
7277         }
7278         grid_putchar(&default_grid, ' ', 0, col++, attr);
7279       }
7280 
7281       room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1;
7282       if (room > 0) {
7283         // Get buffer name in NameBuff[]
7284         get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
7285         (void)shorten_dir(NameBuff);
7286         len = vim_strsize(NameBuff);
7287         p = NameBuff;
7288         while (len > room) {
7289           len -= ptr2cells(p);
7290           MB_PTR_ADV(p);
7291         }
7292         if (len > Columns - col - 1) {
7293           len = Columns - col - 1;
7294         }
7295 
7296         grid_puts_len(&default_grid, p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr);
7297         col += len;
7298       }
7299       grid_putchar(&default_grid, ' ', 0, col++, attr);
7300 
7301       // Store the tab page number in tab_page_click_defs[], so that
7302       // jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is.
7303       tabcount++;
7304       while (scol < col) {
7305         tab_page_click_defs[scol++] = (StlClickDefinition) {
7306           .type = kStlClickTabSwitch,
7307           .tabnr = tabcount,
7308           .func = NULL,
7309         };
7310       }
7311     }
7312 
7313     if (use_sep_chars) {
7314       c = '_';
7315     } else {
7316       c = ' ';
7317     }
7318     grid_fill(&default_grid, 0, 1, col, Columns, c, c, attr_fill);
7319 
7320     // Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several.
7321     if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) {
7322       grid_putchar(&default_grid, 'X', 0, Columns - 1, attr_nosel);
7323       tab_page_click_defs[Columns - 1] = (StlClickDefinition) {
7324         .type = kStlClickTabClose,
7325         .tabnr = 999,
7326         .func = NULL,
7327       };
7328     }
7329   }
7330 
7331   // Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be
7332   // set.
7333   redraw_tabline = false;
7334 }
7335 
ui_ext_tabline_update(void)7336 void ui_ext_tabline_update(void)
7337 {
7338   Array tabs = ARRAY_DICT_INIT;
7339   FOR_ALL_TABS(tp) {
7340     Dictionary tab_info = ARRAY_DICT_INIT;
7341     PUT(tab_info, "tab", TABPAGE_OBJ(tp->handle));
7342 
7343     win_T *cwp = (tp == curtab) ? curwin : tp->tp_curwin;
7344     get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
7345     PUT(tab_info, "name", STRING_OBJ(cstr_to_string((char *)NameBuff)));
7346 
7347     ADD(tabs, DICTIONARY_OBJ(tab_info));
7348   }
7349 
7350   Array buffers = ARRAY_DICT_INIT;
7351   FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) {
7352     // Do not include unlisted buffers
7353     if (!buf->b_p_bl) {
7354       continue;
7355     }
7356 
7357     Dictionary buffer_info = ARRAY_DICT_INIT;
7358     PUT(buffer_info, "buffer", BUFFER_OBJ(buf->handle));
7359 
7360     get_trans_bufname(buf);
7361     PUT(buffer_info, "name", STRING_OBJ(cstr_to_string((char *)NameBuff)));
7362 
7363     ADD(buffers, DICTIONARY_OBJ(buffer_info));
7364   }
7365 
7366   ui_call_tabline_update(curtab->handle, tabs, curbuf->handle, buffers);
7367 }
7368 
7369 /*
7370  * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[].
7371  * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters.
7372  */
get_trans_bufname(buf_T * buf)7373 void get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf)
7374 {
7375   if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) {
7376     STRLCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL);
7377   } else {
7378     home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
7379   }
7380   trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
7381 }
7382 
7383 /*
7384  * Get the character to use in a status line.  Get its attributes in "*attr".
7385  */
fillchar_status(int * attr,win_T * wp)7386 int fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp)
7387 {
7388   int fill;
7389   bool is_curwin = (wp == curwin);
7390   if (is_curwin) {
7391     *attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_S);
7392     fill = wp->w_p_fcs_chars.stl;
7393   } else {
7394     *attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_SNC);
7395     fill = wp->w_p_fcs_chars.stlnc;
7396   }
7397   // Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
7398   // window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
7399   // current window
7400   if (*attr != 0 && ((win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_S) != win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_SNC)
7401                       || !is_curwin || ONE_WINDOW)
7402                      || (wp->w_p_fcs_chars.stl != wp->w_p_fcs_chars.stlnc))) {
7403     return fill;
7404   }
7405   if (is_curwin) {
7406     return '^';
7407   }
7408   return '=';
7409 }
7410 
7411 /*
7412  * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
7413  * Get its attributes in "*attr".
7414  */
fillchar_vsep(win_T * wp,int * attr)7415 static int fillchar_vsep(win_T *wp, int *attr)
7416 {
7417   *attr = win_hl_attr(wp, HLF_C);
7418   return wp->w_p_fcs_chars.vert;
7419 }
7420 
7421 /*
7422  * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
7423  */
redrawing(void)7424 int redrawing(void)
7425 {
7426   return !RedrawingDisabled
7427          && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw);
7428 }
7429 
7430 /*
7431  * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
7432  */
messaging(void)7433 int messaging(void)
7434 {
7435   return !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped);
7436 }
7437 
7438 /// Show current status info in ruler and various other places
7439 ///
7440 /// @param always  if false, only show ruler if position has changed.
showruler(bool always)7441 void showruler(bool always)
7442 {
7443   if (!always && !redrawing()) {
7444     return;
7445   }
7446   if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) {
7447     redraw_custom_statusline(curwin);
7448   } else {
7449     win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
7450   }
7451 
7452   if (need_maketitle
7453       || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
7454       || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))) {
7455     maketitle();
7456   }
7457   // Redraw the tab pages line if needed.
7458   if (redraw_tabline) {
7459     draw_tabline();
7460   }
7461 }
7462 
win_redr_ruler(win_T * wp,bool always)7463 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, bool always)
7464 {
7465   static bool did_show_ext_ruler = false;
7466 
7467   // If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything
7468   if (!p_ru) {
7469     return;
7470   }
7471 
7472   /*
7473    * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
7474    * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
7475    */
7476   if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
7477     return;
7478   }
7479 
7480   // Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
7481   // the (long) mode message.
7482   if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) {
7483     if (edit_submode != NULL) {
7484       return;
7485     }
7486   }
7487 
7488   if (*p_ruf) {
7489     int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
7490 
7491     called_emsg = false;
7492     win_redr_custom(wp, true);
7493     if (called_emsg) {
7494       set_string_option_direct("rulerformat", -1, (char_u *)"",
7495                                OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
7496     }
7497     called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
7498     return;
7499   }
7500 
7501   /*
7502    * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
7503    */
7504   int empty_line = FALSE;
7505   if (!(State & INSERT)
7506       && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) {
7507     empty_line = TRUE;
7508   }
7509 
7510   /*
7511    * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
7512    */
7513   validate_virtcol_win(wp);
7514   if (redraw_cmdline
7515       || always
7516       || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
7517       || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
7518       || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
7519       || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
7520       || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
7521       || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
7522       || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
7523       || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) {
7524     int width;
7525     int row;
7526     int fillchar;
7527     int attr;
7528     int off;
7529     bool part_of_status = false;
7530 
7531     if (wp->w_status_height) {
7532       row = W_ENDROW(wp);
7533       fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp);
7534       off = wp->w_wincol;
7535       width = wp->w_width;
7536       part_of_status = true;
7537     } else {
7538       row = Rows - 1;
7539       fillchar = ' ';
7540       attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_MSG);
7541       width = Columns;
7542       off = 0;
7543     }
7544 
7545     // In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed
7546     colnr_T virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
7547     if (wp->w_p_list && wp->w_p_lcs_chars.tab1 == NUL) {
7548       wp->w_p_list = false;
7549       getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
7550       wp->w_p_list = true;
7551     }
7552 
7553 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70
7554     char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN];
7555 
7556     /*
7557      * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
7558      * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
7559      */
7560     vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%" PRId64 ",",
7561                  (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) ? (int64_t)0L
7562                                                           : (int64_t)wp->w_cursor.lnum);
7563     size_t len = STRLEN(buffer);
7564     col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len,
7565               empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
7566               (int)virtcol + 1);
7567 
7568     /*
7569      * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
7570      * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
7571      * screen up on some terminals).
7572      */
7573     int i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
7574     get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1);
7575     int o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
7576     if (wp->w_status_height == 0) {  // can't use last char of screen
7577       o++;
7578     }
7579     int this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
7580     if (this_ru_col < 0) {
7581       this_ru_col = 0;
7582     }
7583     // Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other half
7584     // for the filename.
7585     if (this_ru_col < (width + 1) / 2) {
7586       this_ru_col = (width + 1) / 2;
7587     }
7588     if (this_ru_col + o < width) {
7589       // Need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL.
7590       while (this_ru_col + o < width && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) {
7591         i += utf_char2bytes(fillchar, buffer + i);
7592         o++;
7593       }
7594       get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i);
7595     }
7596 
7597     if (ui_has(kUIMessages) && !part_of_status) {
7598       Array content = ARRAY_DICT_INIT;
7599       Array chunk = ARRAY_DICT_INIT;
7600       ADD(chunk, INTEGER_OBJ(attr));
7601       ADD(chunk, STRING_OBJ(cstr_to_string((char *)buffer)));
7602       ADD(content, ARRAY_OBJ(chunk));
7603       ui_call_msg_ruler(content);
7604       did_show_ext_ruler = true;
7605     } else {
7606       if (did_show_ext_ruler) {
7607         ui_call_msg_ruler((Array)ARRAY_DICT_INIT);
7608         did_show_ext_ruler = false;
7609       }
7610       // Truncate at window boundary.
7611       o = 0;
7612       for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += utfc_ptr2len(buffer + i)) {
7613         o += utf_ptr2cells(buffer + i);
7614         if (this_ru_col + o > width) {
7615           buffer[i] = NUL;
7616           break;
7617         }
7618       }
7619 
7620       ScreenGrid *grid = part_of_status ? &default_grid : &msg_grid_adj;
7621       grid_puts(grid, buffer, row, this_ru_col + off, attr);
7622       grid_fill(grid, row, row + 1,
7623                 this_ru_col + off + (int)STRLEN(buffer), off + width, fillchar,
7624                 fillchar, attr);
7625     }
7626 
7627     wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
7628     wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
7629     wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
7630     wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
7631     wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
7632     wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
7633   }
7634 }
7635 
7636 /*
7637  * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column.
7638  * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set.
7639  * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
7640  */
number_width(win_T * wp)7641 int number_width(win_T *wp)
7642 {
7643   int n;
7644   linenr_T lnum;
7645 
7646   if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) {
7647     // cursor line shows "0"
7648     lnum = wp->w_height_inner;
7649   } else {
7650     // cursor line shows absolute line number
7651     lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
7652   }
7653 
7654   if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) {
7655     return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
7656   }
7657   wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
7658 
7659   n = 0;
7660   do {
7661     lnum /= 10;
7662     ++n;
7663   } while (lnum > 0);
7664 
7665   // 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one
7666   if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) {
7667     n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
7668   }
7669 
7670   // If 'signcolumn' is set to 'number' and there is a sign to display, then
7671   // the minimal width for the number column is 2.
7672   if (n < 2 && (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL)
7673       && (*wp->w_p_scl == 'n' && *(wp->w_p_scl + 1) == 'u')) {
7674     n = 2;
7675   }
7676 
7677   wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
7678   return n;
7679 }
7680 
7681 /// Used when 'cursorlineopt' contains "screenline": compute the margins between
7682 /// which the highlighting is used.
margin_columns_win(win_T * wp,int * left_col,int * right_col)7683 static void margin_columns_win(win_T *wp, int *left_col, int *right_col)
7684 {
7685   // cache previous calculations depending on w_virtcol
7686   static int saved_w_virtcol;
7687   static win_T *prev_wp;
7688   static int prev_left_col;
7689   static int prev_right_col;
7690   static int prev_col_off;
7691 
7692   int cur_col_off = win_col_off(wp);
7693   int width1;
7694   int width2;
7695 
7696   if (saved_w_virtcol == wp->w_virtcol && prev_wp == wp
7697       && prev_col_off == cur_col_off) {
7698     *right_col = prev_right_col;
7699     *left_col = prev_left_col;
7700     return;
7701   }
7702 
7703   width1 = wp->w_width - cur_col_off;
7704   width2 = width1 + win_col_off2(wp);
7705 
7706   *left_col = 0;
7707   *right_col = width1;
7708 
7709   if (wp->w_virtcol >= (colnr_T)width1) {
7710     *right_col = width1 + ((wp->w_virtcol - width1) / width2 + 1) * width2;
7711   }
7712   if (wp->w_virtcol >= (colnr_T)width1 && width2 > 0) {
7713     *left_col = (wp->w_virtcol - width1) / width2 * width2 + width1;
7714   }
7715 
7716   // cache values
7717   prev_left_col = *left_col;
7718   prev_right_col = *right_col;
7719   prev_wp = wp;
7720   saved_w_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
7721   prev_col_off = cur_col_off;
7722 }
7723 
7724 /// Set dimensions of the Nvim application "shell".
screen_resize(int width,int height)7725 void screen_resize(int width, int height)
7726 {
7727   static bool recursive = false;
7728 
7729   // Avoid recursiveness, can happen when setting the window size causes
7730   // another window-changed signal.
7731   if (updating_screen || recursive) {
7732     return;
7733   }
7734 
7735   if (width < 0 || height < 0) {    // just checking...
7736     return;
7737   }
7738 
7739   if (State == HITRETURN || State == SETWSIZE) {
7740     // postpone the resizing
7741     State = SETWSIZE;
7742     return;
7743   }
7744 
7745   /* curwin->w_buffer can be NULL when we are closing a window and the
7746    * buffer has already been closed and removing a scrollbar causes a resize
7747    * event. Don't resize then, it will happen after entering another buffer.
7748    */
7749   if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL) {
7750     return;
7751   }
7752 
7753   recursive = true;
7754 
7755   Rows = height;
7756   Columns = width;
7757   check_shellsize();
7758   int max_p_ch = Rows - min_rows() + 1;
7759   if (!ui_has(kUIMessages) && p_ch > max_p_ch) {
7760     p_ch = max_p_ch ? max_p_ch : 1;
7761   }
7762   height = Rows;
7763   width = Columns;
7764   p_lines = Rows;
7765   p_columns = Columns;
7766   ui_call_grid_resize(1, width, height);
7767 
7768   send_grid_resize = true;
7769 
7770   /* The window layout used to be adjusted here, but it now happens in
7771    * screenalloc() (also invoked from screenclear()).  That is because the
7772    * "recursive" check above may skip this, but not screenalloc(). */
7773 
7774   if (State != ASKMORE && State != EXTERNCMD && State != CONFIRM) {
7775     screenclear();
7776   }
7777 
7778   if (starting != NO_SCREEN) {
7779     maketitle();
7780     changed_line_abv_curs();
7781     invalidate_botline();
7782 
7783     /*
7784      * We only redraw when it's needed:
7785      * - While at the more prompt or executing an external command, don't
7786      *   redraw, but position the cursor.
7787      * - While editing the command line, only redraw that.
7788      * - in Ex mode, don't redraw anything.
7789      * - Otherwise, redraw right now, and position the cursor.
7790      * Always need to call update_screen() or screenalloc(), to make
7791      * sure Rows/Columns and the size of the screen is correct!
7792      */
7793     if (State == ASKMORE || State == EXTERNCMD || State == CONFIRM
7794         || exmode_active) {
7795       screenalloc();
7796       if (msg_grid.chars) {
7797         msg_grid_validate();
7798       }
7799       // TODO(bfredl): sometimes messes up the output. Implement clear+redraw
7800       // also for the pager? (or: what if the pager was just a modal window?)
7801       ui_comp_set_screen_valid(true);
7802       repeat_message();
7803     } else {
7804       if (curwin->w_p_scb) {
7805         do_check_scrollbind(true);
7806       }
7807       if (State & CMDLINE) {
7808         redraw_popupmenu = false;
7809         update_screen(NOT_VALID);
7810         redrawcmdline();
7811         if (pum_drawn()) {
7812           cmdline_pum_display(false);
7813         }
7814       } else {
7815         update_topline(curwin);
7816         if (pum_drawn()) {
7817           // TODO(bfredl): ins_compl_show_pum wants to redraw the screen first.
7818           // For now make sure the nested update_screen(0) won't redraw the
7819           // pum at the old position. Try to untangle this later.
7820           redraw_popupmenu = false;
7821           ins_compl_show_pum();
7822         }
7823         update_screen(NOT_VALID);
7824         if (redrawing()) {
7825           setcursor();
7826         }
7827       }
7828     }
7829     ui_flush();
7830   }
7831   recursive = false;
7832 }
7833 
7834 /// Check if the new Nvim application "shell" dimensions are valid.
7835 /// Correct it if it's too small or way too big.
check_shellsize(void)7836 void check_shellsize(void)
7837 {
7838   if (Rows < min_rows()) {
7839     // need room for one window and command line
7840     Rows = min_rows();
7841   }
7842   limit_screen_size();
7843 }
7844 
7845 // Limit Rows and Columns to avoid an overflow in Rows * Columns.
limit_screen_size(void)7846 void limit_screen_size(void)
7847 {
7848   if (Columns < MIN_COLUMNS) {
7849     Columns = MIN_COLUMNS;
7850   } else if (Columns > 10000) {
7851     Columns = 10000;
7852   }
7853 
7854   if (Rows > 1000) {
7855     Rows = 1000;
7856   }
7857 }
7858 
win_new_shellsize(void)7859 void win_new_shellsize(void)
7860 {
7861   static long old_Rows = 0;
7862   static long old_Columns = 0;
7863 
7864   if (old_Rows != Rows) {
7865     // If 'window' uses the whole screen, keep it using that.
7866     // Don't change it when set with "-w size" on the command line.
7867     if (p_window == old_Rows - 1 || (old_Rows == 0 && p_window == 0)) {
7868       p_window = Rows - 1;
7869     }
7870     old_Rows = Rows;
7871     shell_new_rows();  // update window sizes
7872   }
7873   if (old_Columns != Columns) {
7874     old_Columns = Columns;
7875     shell_new_columns();  // update window sizes
7876   }
7877 }
7878 
get_win_by_grid_handle(handle_T handle)7879 win_T *get_win_by_grid_handle(handle_T handle)
7880 {
7881   FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(wp, curtab) {
7882     if (wp->w_grid_alloc.handle == handle) {
7883       return wp;
7884     }
7885   }
7886   return NULL;
7887 }
7888 
7889